U.S. patent application number 16/593330 was filed with the patent office on 2020-01-30 for antimicrobial compositions and methods.
The applicant listed for this patent is 3M INNOVATIVE PROPERTIES COMPANY. Invention is credited to Jeffrey F. Andrews, John T. Capecchi, Dianne L. Gibbs, Matthew T. Scholz.
Application Number | 20200030276 16/593330 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 34273521 |
Filed Date | 2020-01-30 |
![](/patent/app/20200030276/US20200030276A1-20200130-C00001.png)
![](/patent/app/20200030276/US20200030276A1-20200130-C00002.png)
United States Patent
Application |
20200030276 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Scholz; Matthew T. ; et
al. |
January 30, 2020 |
ANTIMICROBIAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
Abstract
Antimicrobial compositions, especially those useful when applied
topically, particularly to mucosal tissues (i.e., mucous
membranes), including, in particular, an antimicrobial lipid
component, such as a fatty acid ester, fatty ether, or alkoxide
derivative thereof. The compositions can also include an enhancer
component, a surfactant, a hydrophobic component, and/or a
hydrophilic component. Such compositions provide effective topical
antimicrobial activity and are accordingly useful in the treatment
and/or prevention of conditions that are caused, or aggravated by,
microorganisms (including viruses).
Inventors: |
Scholz; Matthew T.;
(Woodbury, MN) ; Gibbs; Dianne L.; (St. Paul,
MN) ; Capecchi; John T.; (Oakdale, MN) ;
Andrews; Jeffrey F.; (Stillwater, MN) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
3M INNOVATIVE PROPERTIES COMPANY |
St. Paul |
MN |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
34273521 |
Appl. No.: |
16/593330 |
Filed: |
October 4, 2019 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
13942122 |
Jul 15, 2013 |
10471036 |
|
|
16593330 |
|
|
|
|
10937059 |
Sep 8, 2004 |
8512723 |
|
|
13942122 |
|
|
|
|
10659571 |
Sep 9, 2003 |
|
|
|
10937059 |
|
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 31/10 20180101;
A61K 47/10 20130101; A61K 9/0053 20130101; A61K 45/06 20130101;
A61K 9/0043 20130101; Y02A 50/30 20180101; A61K 47/44 20130101;
Y02A 50/473 20180101; A61K 31/23 20130101; A61K 31/19 20130101;
A61P 27/16 20180101; A61P 31/00 20180101; A61P 31/12 20180101; A61P
1/00 20180101; A61K 9/0014 20130101; A61K 47/14 20130101; A61K
31/25 20130101; A61K 47/12 20130101; A61P 17/02 20180101; A61K
47/20 20130101; A61P 31/04 20180101; A61K 47/06 20130101; A61P
11/00 20180101; A61P 17/00 20180101; A61K 31/231 20130101; A61K
9/0046 20130101; A61K 9/007 20130101; A61K 31/19 20130101; A61K
2300/00 20130101; A61K 31/23 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K
31/231 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 31/25 20130101; A61K
2300/00 20130101 |
International
Class: |
A61K 31/23 20060101
A61K031/23; A61K 47/06 20060101 A61K047/06; A61K 31/19 20060101
A61K031/19; A61K 45/06 20060101 A61K045/06; A61K 9/00 20060101
A61K009/00; A61K 31/25 20060101 A61K031/25; A61K 31/231 20060101
A61K031/231; A61K 47/14 20060101 A61K047/14; A61K 47/12 20060101
A61K047/12; A61K 47/10 20060101 A61K047/10; A61K 47/44 20060101
A61K047/44; A61K 47/20 20060101 A61K047/20 |
Claims
1. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a surfactant distinct from
the antimicrobial lipid component; a hydrophilic component; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition.
2. The composition of claim 1 wherein water is present in less than
10 wt-%.
3. The composition of claim 1 wherein the antimicrobial lipid
component is present in an amount of at least 0.1 wt-%.
4. The composition of claim 3 wherein the antimicrobial lipid
component comprises a monoester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
monoester of a polyhydric alcohol, or an alkoxylated derivative
thereof, and the antimicrobial lipid component further includes no
greater than 15 wt-%, based on the total weight of the
antimicrobial lipid component, of a di- or tri-ester, a di- or
tri-ether, alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations
thereof.
5. The composition of claim 1 wherein the total concentration of
the enhancer component relative to the total concentration of lipid
component is within a range of 10:1 to 1:300, on a weight
basis.
6. The composition of claim 1 wherein the total concentration of
the surfactant to the total concentration of antimicrobial lipid
component is within a range of 5:1 to 1:100, on a weight basis.
7. The composition of claim 1 wherein the hydrophilic component is
present in an amount of 1 wt-% to 40 wt-%.
8. The composition of claim 1 wherein the hydrophobic component is
present in an amount of 50 wt-% to 99 wt-%.
9. The composition of claim 1 wherein the antimicrobial lipid
component comprises glycerol monolaurate, glycerol monocaprate,
glycerol monocaprylate, propylene glycol monolaurate, propylene
glycol monocaprate, propylene glycol monocaprylate, or combinations
thereof.
10. The composition of claim 1 wherein the enhancer component
comprises a carboxylic acid.
11. The composition of claim 1 wherein the enhancer component
comprises an alpha-hydroxy acid.
12. The composition of claim 1 wherein the surfactant comprises a
sulfonate, a sulfate, a phosphonate, a phosphate, a poloxamer, a
cationic surfactant, or mixtures thereof.
13. The composition of claim 12 wherein the surfactant is selected
from the group consisting of a sulfonate, a sulfate, a phosphate,
and mixtures thereof.
14. The composition of claim 1 wherein the hydrophilic component
comprises a glycol, a lower alcohol ether, a short chain ester, or
combinations thereof, wherein the hydrophilic component is soluble
in water in an amount of at least 20 wt-% at 23.degree. C.
15. The composition of claim 1 wherein the hydrophobic component is
an organic compound that is liquid, gelatinous, semisolid, or solid
at 23.degree. C. and has a solubility in water of less than 5 wt-%
at 23.degree. C.
16. The composition of claim 1 having at least 4 log reduction in
test bacteria in 10 minutes when evaluated by the Antimicrobial
Efficacy Test.
17. An antimicrobial composition comprising: 0.01 wt-% to 20 wt-%
of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; 0.01 wt-% to 20 wt-% of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; 0.1 wt-% to 10 wt-% of a
surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial lipid component; 1 wt-%
to 40 wt-% of a hydrophilic component; 50 wt-% to 95 wt-% of a
hydrophobic component; and less than 10 wt-% water.
18. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid having a solubility in water of at least 100
.mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g deionized water;
an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; a surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial
lipid component; a hydrophilic component; and a hydrophobic
component which forms the greatest portion of the composition.
19. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a surfactant distinct from
the antimicrobial lipid component; and a hydrophilic component;
wherein the viscosity of the composition is at least 500 cps.
20. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a surfactant distinct from
the antimicrobial lipid component; a hydrophilic component; a
hydrophobic component; and less than 10 wt-% water; wherein the
hydrophilic component forms the greatest portion of the composition
by weight.
21. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof,
or combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has
less than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with
the proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the ethers comprise
monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an effective amount
of an enhancer component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a
beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof;
and a hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
22. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof,
or combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has
less than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with
the proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the ethers comprise
monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an effective amount
of an enhancer component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a
beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof;
and a hydrophilic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition; wherein the viscosity of the composition is at least
500 cps.
23. An antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component having a solubility in water of at
least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g
deionized water; an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; and a hydrophilic component
which forms the greatest portion of the composition; wherein the
viscosity of the composition is at least 500 cps.
24. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microbial organism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 1.
25. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 17.
26. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 18.
27. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 19.
28. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 20.
29. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 21.
30. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 22.
31. A method of preventing and/or treating an affliction caused, or
aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian tissue, the method
comprising contacting the mammalian tissue with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 23.
32. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 1 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
33. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 17 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
34. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 18 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
35. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 19 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
36. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 20 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
37. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 21 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
38. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 22 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
39. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 23 in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
40. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 1 in an amount effective to kill or inactivate
one or more microorganisms.
41. The method of claim 40 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
42. The method of claim 41 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
43. The method of claim 42 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
44. The method of claim 40 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
45. The method of claim 40 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
46. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 17 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
47. The method of claim 46 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
48. The method of claim 47 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
49. The method of claim 48 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
50. The method of claim 46 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
51. The method of claim 46 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
52. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 18 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
53. The method of claim 52 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
54. The method of claim 53 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
55. The method of claim 54 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
56. The method of claim 52 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
57. The method of claim 52 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
58. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 19 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
59. The method of claim 58 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
60. The method of claim 59 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
61. The method of claim 60 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
62. The method of claim 58 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
63. The method of claim 58 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
64. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 20 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
65. The method of claim 64 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
66. The method of claim 59 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
67. The method of claim 60 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
68. The method of claim 64 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
69. The method of claim 64 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
70. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 21 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
71. The method of claim 70 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
72. The method of claim 71 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
73. The method of claim 72 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
74. The method of claim 70 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
75. The method of claim 70 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
76. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 22 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
77. The method of claim 76 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
78. The method of claim 77 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
79. The method of claim 76 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
80. The method of claim 76 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
81. The method of claim 76 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
82. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the microorganisms with the antimicrobial
composition of claim 23 in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms.
83. The method of claim 82 wherein the microorganisms comprise
bacteria and the antimicrobial composition is used in an amount
effective to kill one or more bacteria.
84. The method of claim 83 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp., or combinations thereof.
85. The method of claim 84 wherein the bacteria comprise
Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia
coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pyogenes, or
combinations thereof.
86. The method of claim 82 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more viruses and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to inactivate one or more viruses.
87. The method of claim 82 wherein the microorganisms comprise one
or more fungi and the antimicrobial composition is used in an
amount effective to kill one or more fungi.
88. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 1.
89. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 17.
90. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 18.
91. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 19.
92. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 20.
93. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 21.
94. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 22.
95. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a
surface, the method comprising contacting the surface with the
composition of claim 23.
96. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 1 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
97. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 17 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
98. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 18 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
99. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 19 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
100. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 20 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
101. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 21 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
102. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 22 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
103. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting the subject with the composition
of claim 23 in at least a portion of the subject's respiratory
system in an amount effective to kill inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction.
104. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with an antimicrobial
composition in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms, wherein the antimicrobial composition comprises: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
105. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of
microorganisms, the method comprising contacting the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx with an antimicrobial
composition in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms, wherein the antimicrobial composition comprises: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component having a
solubility in water of at least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and
at most 1 g/100 g deionized water; and a hydrophobic component
which forms the greatest portion of the composition by weight.
106. The method of claim 105 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
107. The method of claim 106 wherein the composition further
comprises a hydrophilic component.
108. A method of treating a middle ear infection in a subject, the
method comprising contacting the middle ear, tympanic membrane,
and/or Eustachian tube with an antimicrobial composition
comprising: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component
comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
109. A method of treating a middle ear infection in a subject, the
method comprising contacting the middle ear, tympanic membrane,
and/or Eustachian tube with an antimicrobial composition
comprising: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component
having a solubility in water of at least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized
water and at most 1 g/100 g deionized water; and an effective
amount of an enhancer component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a
beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof.
110. A method of treating a middle ear infection in a subject, the
method comprising contacting the middle ear, tympanic membrane,
and/or Eustachian tube with an antimicrobial composition
comprising: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component
comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
111. The method of claim 110 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
112. A method of treating chronic sinusitis in a subject, the
method comprising contacting at least a portion of the respiratory
system with an antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective
amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; wherein the composition comprises less than
0.50 percent by weight (C6-C18)fatty acid.
113. A method of treating chronic sinusitis in a subject, the
method comprising contacting at least a portion of the respiratory
system with an antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective
amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
114. A method of treating chronic sinusitis in a subject, the
method comprising contacting at least a portion of the respiratory
system with an antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective
amount of an antimicrobial lipid component having a solubility in
water of at least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1
g/100 g deionized water; and a hydrophobic component which forms
the greatest portion of the composition by weight.
115. The method of claim 114 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
116. A method of treating chronic sinusitis in a subject, the
method comprising contacting at least a portion of the respiratory
system with an antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective
amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
117. A method of treating impetigo on the skin of a subject, the
method comprising contacting the affected area with an
antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; and an effective amount of an enhancer
component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a
chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof.
118. The method of claim 117 wherein the composition further
comprises a hydrophilic component, wherein the viscosity of the
composition is at least 500 cps.
119. A method of treating impetigo on the skin of a subject, the
method comprising contacting the affected area with an
antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component having a solubility in water of at
least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g
deionized water; and an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof.
120. A method of treating impetigo on the skin of a subject, the
method comprising contacting the affected area with an
antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; and a hydrophobic component which forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight.
121. The method of claim 120 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
122. A method of treating and/or preventing an infection on
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
mammalian tissue with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill or inactivate one or more microorganisms, wherein
the antimicrobial composition comprises: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a hydrophilic component; and
a hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
123. A method of treating and/or preventing an infection on the
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
mammalian tissue with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill or inactivate one or more microorganisms, wherein
the antimicrobial composition comprises: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a surfactant distinct from
the antimicrobial lipid component; and a hydrophobic component
which forms the greatest portion of the composition by weight.
124. A method of treating and/or preventing an infection on the
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
mammalian tissue with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill or inactivate one or more microorganisms, wherein
the antimicrobial composition comprises: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; and a hydrophobic component which forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight.
125. The method of claim 124 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
126. A method of treating a burn, the method comprising contacting
the burned area of a subject with an antimicrobial composition in
an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms, wherein the antimicrobial composition comprises: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
127. A method of treating a burn, the method comprising contacting
the burned area of a subject with an antimicrobial composition in
an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms, wherein the antimicrobial composition comprises: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
128. The method of claim 127 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
129. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms on the
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
affected area with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill or inactivate one or more microorganisms, the
antimicrobial composition comprising: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
comprise monoesters and the ethers comprise monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters comprise monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers comprise monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; and an effective amount of an enhancer
component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a
chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof.
130. The method of claim 129 wherein the composition further
comprises a hydrophilic component, wherein the viscosity of the
composition is at least 500 cps.
131. A method of killing or inactivating microorganisms on the
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
affected area with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill or inactivate one or more microorganisms, the
method comprising: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid
component comprising a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a
polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a
polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol,
an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
132. The method of claim 131 wherein the composition further
comprises an effective amount of an enhancer component comprising
an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
133. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
mammalian tissue with an antimicrobial composition comprising: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; and a surfactant and/or a hydrophilic
component.
134. A method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on
mammalian tissue of a subject, the method comprising contacting the
mammalian tissue with an antimicrobial composition comprising: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; and a hydrophobic component which forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight.
135. A method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common
cold and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection,
the method comprising contacting at least a portion of the
respiratory system of a subject with an antimicrobial composition
in an amount effective to kill or inactivate one or more
microorganisms that cause a common cold and/or respiratory
affliction; wherein the antimicrobial composition comprises: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component comprising a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters comprise monoesters and the
ethers comprise monoethers, and for sucrose the esters comprise
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
comprise monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component comprising an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof.
136. A method of making an antimicrobial composition comprising an
antimicrobial lipid component, an enhancer component, a hydrophobic
vehicle, and a hydrophilic component, the method comprising:
dissolving the enhancer component in the hydrophilic component;
combining the hydrophobic vehicle and the hydrophilic component
with the enhancer component dissolved therein with mixing to form a
mixture; optionally heating the hydrophobic vehicle to a
temperature sufficient to form a pourable liquid before or after
combining it with the hydrophilic component and enhancer component;
adding the antimicrobial lipid component to the mixture; and
cooling the mixture before or after adding the antimicrobial lipid
component.
137. A method of making an antimicrobial composition comprising an
antimicrobial lipid component, an enhancer component, and a
hydrophobic vehicle, the method comprising: combining the enhancer
component and the hydrophobic vehicle with mixing to form a
mixture; optionally heating the hydrophobic vehicle to a
temperature sufficient to make a pourable liquid before or after
combining it with the enhancer component; adding the antimicrobial
lipid component to the mixture with mixing; and cooling the mixture
before or after adding the antimicrobial lipid component.
138. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 1 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
139. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 17 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
140. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 18 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
141. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 19 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
142. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 20 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
143. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 21 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
144. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 22 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
145. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the esophageal cavity with the composition of
claim 23 in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
146. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 1 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
147. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 17 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
148. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 18 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
149. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, asal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 19 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
150. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 20 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
151. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 21 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
152. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 22 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
153. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the
throat/esophagus of a subject of microorganisms, the method
comprising contacting the oral cavity, nasal cavity, or both with
the composition of claim 23 in an amount effective to allow a
sufficient quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to
reduce or eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in
the throat.
154. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 1 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
155. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 17 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
156. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 18 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
157. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 19 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
158. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 20 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
159. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 21 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
160. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 22 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
161. A method of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity
of a subject of microorganisms, the method comprising contacting
the oral cavity with the composition of claim 23 in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the soft
tissue in the oral cavity.
162. A delivery system for an antimicrobial component, the system
comprising a hydrophobic component and a hydrophilic component,
wherein the composition has a viscosity of at least 500 cps, and
further wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight.
163. The delivery system of claim 162 wherein the system further
comprises an antimicrobial lipid component.
164. A delivery system for an antimicrobial component, the system
comprising a hydrophobic component, a hydrophilic component, and a
surfactant, wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight.
165. The delivery system of claim 164 wherein the system further
comprises an antimicrobial lipid component.
166. A method of delivering an antimicrobial component to a
surface, the method comprising applying to the surface a
composition comprising an antimicrobial component, a hydrophobic
component, and a hydrophilic component, wherein the composition has
a viscosity of at least 500 cps, and further wherein the
hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the composition
by weight.
167. The method of claim 166 wherein the antimicrobial component
comprises an antimicrobial lipid component.
168. The method of claim 166 wherein the surface is mammalian
tissue.
169. A method of delivering an antimicrobial component to a
surface, the method comprising applying to the surface a
composition comprising an antimicrobial component, a hydrophobic
component, a hydrophilic component, and a surfactant, wherein the
hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the composition
by weight.
170. The method of claim 169 wherein the antimicrobial component
comprises an antimicrobial lipid component.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application is a continuation-in-part of U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 10/659,571, filed on Sep. 9, 2003,
which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0002] The use of antimicrobial agents (e.g., antibiotics,
antiseptics) plays an important part in current medical therapy.
This is particularly true in the fields of dermatology as well as
skin and wound antisepsis, where the most effective course of
treatment for skin or mucous membranes (e.g., as in the nasal
cavities and in particular the anterior nares), which are afflicted
with bacterial, fungal, or viral infections or lesions, frequently
includes the use of a topical antimicrobial agent. For decades
medicine has relied primarily upon antibiotics to fight systemic as
well as topical infections. For example, bacitracin, neomycin
sulfate, polymyxin B sulfate, gentamicin, framycetin-gramicidin,
lysostaphin, methicillin, rifampin, tobramycin, nystatin,
mupirocin, and combinations thereof, as well as many others, have
been used with varying success.
[0003] Antibiotics are generally effective at very low levels and
are often safe with very few, if any, side effects. Often
antibiotics have little or no toxicity to mammalian cells. Thus,
they may not retard, and can even enhance, wound healing.
Antibiotics are generally of a narrow spectrum of antimicrobial
activity. Furthermore, they often act on very specific sites in
cell membranes or on very specific metabolic pathways. This can
tend to make it relatively easy for bacteria to develop resistance
to the antibiotic(s) (i.e., the genetically acquired ability to
tolerate much higher concentrations of antibiotic) either through
natural selection, transmission of plasmids encoding resistance,
mutation, or by other means.
[0004] For example, there are multiple reports of resistance to
mupirocin when used as a nasal decolonizing agent. Resistance rates
have been reported as high as 25% and even as high as 50% (see, for
example, E. Perez-Roth et al., Diag. Micro. Infect. Dis.,
43:123-128 (2002) and H. Watanabe et al., J. Clin. Micro., 39(10):
3775-3777 (2001)). Even though presurgical decolonization of the
anterior nares using mupirocin has been shown to decrease the risk
of surgical site infection by as much as 2 to 10 times (T. Perl et
al., Ann. Pharmacother., 32:S7-S16 (1998)), the high resistance
rates to this antibiotic make it unsuitable for routine use. Not
only does resistance eliminate the ability of a medication to treat
an affliction, but it can also put the patient at further risk,
especially if the antibiotic is one that is routinely used
systemically.
[0005] Antiseptics, on the other hand, tend to have broader
spectrum of antimicrobial activity and often act by nonspecific
means such as disruption of cell membranes, oxidation of cellular
components, denaturation of proteins, etc. This nonspecific
activity makes it difficult for resistance to develop to
antiseptics. For example, there are very few reports of true
resistance to antiseptics such as iodine, lower alcohols (ethanol,
propanol, etc.), chlorhexidine, quaternary amine surfactants,
chlorinated phenols, and the like. These compounds, however, need
to be used at concentrations that often result in irritation or
tissue damage, especially if applied repeatedly. Furthermore,
unlike antibiotics, many antiseptics are not active in the presence
of high levels of organic compounds. For example, formulations
containing iodine or quaternary ammonium compounds have been
reported to be inactivated by the presence of organic matter such
as that in nasal or vaginal secretions, and perhaps even on
skin.
[0006] Many antiseptic compounds are viewed as irritants. For
example, compositions containing iodine and/or chlorhexidine have
been reported to cause skin irritation. Mucosal tissues, such as
the anterior nares, nasal, and esophageal cavities, which can have
a high level of microbial colonization in certain otherwise healthy
individuals, as well as individuals with infectious diseases such
as chronic sinusitis, may be particularly sensitive to irritation.
Additionally, due to the irritating nature many of these compounds
may be unsuitable for application to irritated or infected dermal
tissue to treat skin conditions, such as lesions from impetigo and
shingles.
[0007] Also, for certain applications, especially in the nose and
mouth, it is particularly desirable for the compositions to have
little or no color, little or no odor, and an acceptable taste.
This is not the case for many antiseptics such as iodine and
iodophors, which have an orange to brown color and a definite
odor.
[0008] Some conventional antimicrobial compositions have used
various carboxylic acids or fatty acids for the suppression of
fungi, bacteria, molds, and the like. These compositions vary
widely in their efficacy, stability, and levels of persistence.
Plus, they possess an even wider variety of side effects. For
example, many of these materials are viewed as irritants,
particularly the C8-C12 fatty acids. This is particularly true for
sensitive mucosal tissues, such as the anterior nares and nasal
cavities, which can have a generally high level of microbial
colonization in certain otherwise healthy individuals, as well as
individuals with infectious diseases such as chronic siniusitis.
Additionally, due to the irritating nature many of these agents
would be unsuitable for application to irritated or infected dermal
tissue such as lesions from impetigo and shingles or sensitive
tissues such as the nasal cavities and especially the anterior
nares.
[0009] Also, many conventional antimicrobial compositions are too
low in viscosity and/or too hydrophilic in nature to maintain
sufficient substantivity and persistence to provide sufficient
antimicrobial activity on moist tissue, such as the anterior nares
or open, exuding, or infected lesions, and the like.
[0010] Thus, there is still a need for additional antimicrobial
compositions.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0011] The present invention provides antimicrobial compositions
and methods of using and making the compositions. Such compositions
are typically useful when applied topically, particularly to
mucosal tissues (i.e., mucous membranes), although a wide variety
of surfaces can be treated. They can provide effective reduction,
prevention, or elimination of microbes, particularly bacteria,
fungi, and viruses. Preferably, the microbes are of a relatively
wide variety such that the compositions of the present invention
have a broad spectrum of activity.
[0012] Compositions of the present invention provide effective
topical antimicrobial activity and are accordingly useful in the
local treatment and/or prevention of conditions that are caused, or
aggravated by, microorganisms (including viruses, bacteria, fungi,
mycoplasma, and protozoa) on various mammalian tissues,
particularly skin, wounds, and/or mucous membranes.
[0013] Significantly, certain embodiments of the present invention
have a very low potential for generating microbial resistance.
Thus, such compositions can be applied multiple times over one or
more days to treat topical infections or to eradicate unwanted
bacteria (such as nasal colonization of Staphylococcus aureus).
Furthermore, compositions of the present invention can be used for
multiple treatment regimens on the same patient without the fear of
generating antimicrobial resistance. This can be particularly
important for chronically ill patients who are in need of
decolonization of the anterior nares before hemodialysis, for
example, or for antiseptic treatment of chronic wounds such as
diabetic foot ulcers.
[0014] Also, preferred compositions of the present invention have a
generally low irritation level for skin, skin lesions, and mucosal
membranes (including the anterior nares, nasal cavities, and
nasopharangyl cavity). Also, certain preferred compositions of the
present invention are substantive for relatively long periods of
time to ensure adequate efficacy.
[0015] Compositions of the present invention include an
antimicrobial lipid component. In certain embodiments, the
antimicrobial lipid (i.e., antimicrobial lipid component)
preferably has a solubility in water of at least 100 micrograms
(.mu.g) per 100 grams (g) deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g
deionized water. In certain embodiments, the antimicrobial lipid
component includes a fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, alkoxylated derivatives
thereof (of either the ester or ether), or combinations
thereof.
[0016] Certain compositions further include an enhancer component
(i.e., an enhancer). Other components that can be included as well
are surfactants, hydrophilic components, and hydrophobic
components. Compositions with hydrophobic components are typically
used on mammalian tissues (particularly, skin, mucosal tissue,
wounds and medical devices that come in contact with such surfaces,
whereas compositions with hydrophilic components are typically used
on these surfaces as well as other hard surfaces (e.g., floor
tiles).
[0017] Importantly, compositions of the present invention are
capable of destroying microorganisms on or in mammalian tissue.
Therefore, concentrations of components employed are generally
greater than those that have been used to simply preserve certain
topically applied compositions, i.e., prevent the growth of
microorganism in topical compositions for purposes other than
antisepsis. Depending on the application, many of these compounds
at these concentrations can be irritating if delivered in simple
aqueous or hydrophilic vehicle formulations. Many of the
compositions of the present invention incorporate a substantial
amount of a lipophilic or hydrophobic phase. The lipophilic phase
is comprised of one or more water insoluble components. If
delivered in a lipophilic phase, the irritation can be
significantly reduced. The incorporation of the lipophilic phase
may significantly reduce the irritation potential of the present
compositions. Preferred lipophilic phase components have a
solubility in water of less than 0.5% by weight and often less than
0.1% by weight. In addition, the antimicrobial lipid is preferably
present at a concentration approaching or preferably exceeding the
solubility limit of the lipophilic phase.
[0018] Importantly, certain compositions of the present invention
have sufficient viscosity to prevent inhalation into the lungs if
used in the nose for applications such as nasal decolonization. The
relatively high viscosity of certain compositions of the present
invention also reduces migration that can be associated with other
compositions, thus reducing irritation and mess. Despite the
presence of the hydrophobic phase, compositions of the present
invention exhibit very effective and rapid antimicrobial
activity.
[0019] In addition, antimicrobial compositions that include
hydrophilic components such as polyols (e.g., glycerin and
polyethylene glycols) that themselves have little or no
antimicrobial activity can considerably enhance the antimicrobial
activity of the compositions.
[0020] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a
chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a
surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial lipid component; a
hydrophilic component; and a hydrophobic component; wherein the
hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the
composition. Preferably, water is present in less than 10 percent
by weight (wt-%).
[0021] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: 0.01 wt-% to 20 wt-% of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; 0.01 wt-% to 20 wt-% of an enhancer component
that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a
chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; 0.1 wt-% to 10 wt-% of a
surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial lipid component; 1 wt-%
to 40 wt-% of a hydrophilic component; 50 wt-% to 95 wt-% of a
hydrophobic component; and less than 10 wt-% water.
[0022] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a
chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a
surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial lipid component; and a
hydrophilic component; wherein the viscosity of the composition is
at least 500 Centipoise (cps).
[0023] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; an effective amount of an enhancer component
that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a
chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a
surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial lipid component; a
hydrophilic component; a hydrophobic component; and less than 10
wt-% water; wherein the hydrophilic component forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight.
[0024] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof,
or combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has
less than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with
the proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the ethers include
monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an effective amount
of an enhancer component that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a
beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof;
and a hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight.
[0025] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof,
and combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has
less than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with
the proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the ethers include
monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an effective amount
of an enhancer component that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a
beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof;
and a hydrophilic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition; wherein the viscosity of the composition is at least
500 cps.
[0026] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid having a solubility in water of at least 100
.mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g deionized water;
an effective amount of an enhancer component that includes an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; a surfactant distinct from the antimicrobial
lipid component; a hydrophilic component; and a hydrophobic
component which forms the greatest portion of the composition.
[0027] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an
antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component having a solubility in water of at
least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g
deionized water; an effective amount of an enhancer component that
includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating
agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl
carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an
ether glycol, or combinations thereof; and a hydrophilic component
which forms the greatest portion of the composition; wherein the
viscosity of the composition is at least 500 cps.
[0028] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a delivery
system for an antimicrobial component (e.g., antiseptic component)
including a hydrophobic component and a hydrophilic component,
wherein the composition has a viscosity of at least 500 cps, and
further wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight. In an additional embodiment,
the present invention provides a delivery system for an
antimicrobial component (e.g., antiseptic component) including a
hydrophobic component, a hydrophilic component, and a surfactant,
wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight. In certain embodiments, such delivery
systems can include an antimicrobial lipid component (and/or other
antiseptics).
[0029] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a
method for delivering an antimicrobial component (e.g., antiseptic
component), the method includes applying to a surface a composition
that includes a hydrophobic component and a hydrophilic component,
wherein the composition has a viscosity of at least 500 cps, and
further wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight. In an additional embodiment,
the present invention provides a method for delivering an
antimicrobial component (e.g., antiseptic component), the method
includes applying to a surface a composition that includes a
hydrophobic component, a hydrophilic component, and a surfactant,
wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight. In certain embodiments, such delivery
systems can include an antimicrobial lipid component (and/or other
antiseptics).
[0030] Preferably, the antimicrobial lipid component is present in
an amount of at least 0.1 wt-%. Unless otherwise specified, all
weight percents are based on the total weight of a "ready to use"
or "as used" composition. Preferably, if the antimicrobial lipid
component includes a monoester of a polyhydric alcohol, a monoether
of a polyhydric alcohol, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof, then
there is no more than 50 wt-%, more preferably no more than 40
wt-%, even more preferably no more than 25 wt-%, and even more
preferably no more than 15 wt-% of a diester, diether, triester,
triether, or alkoxylated derivative thereof present, based on the
total weight of the antimicrobial lipid component.
[0031] Preferably, the antimicrobial lipid component includes
glycerol monolaurate, glycerol monocaprate, glycerol monocaprylate,
propylene glycol monolaurate, propylene glycol monocaprate,
propylene glycol monocaprylate, and combinations thereof.
[0032] In certain embodiments, the enhancer component preferably
includes a carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, the enhancer
component preferably includes an alpha-hydroxy acid. In certain
embodiments, the enhancer component preferably includes benzoic
acid. In certain embodiments, the enhancer component preferably
includes a chelator. In certain embodiments, the enhancer component
preferably includes EDTA and its salts.
[0033] Preferably, the surfactant includes a sulfonate, a sulfate,
a phosphonate, a phosphate, a poloxamer, a cationic surfactant, or
mixtures thereof.
[0034] Preferably, the hydrophilic component includes a glycol, a
lower alcohol ether, a short chain ester, and combinations thereof,
wherein the hydrophilic component is soluble in water in an amount
of at least 20 wt-% at 23.degree. C.
[0035] The present invention also provides various methods of use
of compositions of the present invention. In one embodiment, the
present invention provides a method of preventing and/or treating
an affliction caused, or aggravated by, a microorganism on
mammalian tissue, particularly skin and/or a mucous membrane. The
method includes contacting the mammalian tissue, particularly skin
and/or mucous membrane, with an antimicrobial composition of the
present invention.
[0036] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal cavities, anterior
nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of microorganisms. The
method includes contacting the nasal cavities, anterior nares,
and/or nasopharynx with an antimicrobial composition of the present
invention in an amount effective to kill one or more
microorganisms.
[0037] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal cavities, anterior
nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of microorganisms. The
method includes contacting the nasal cavities, anterior nares,
and/or nasopharynx with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms, wherein the
antimicrobial composition includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; optionally, an effective amount of an
enhancer component that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a
beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic
acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof; a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight; and optionally, a hydrophilic component.
[0038] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal cavities, anterior
nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of microorganisms, the
method including contacting the nasal cavities, anterior nares,
and/or nasopharynx with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms, wherein the
antimicrobial composition includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component having a solubility in water of at
least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and at most 1 g/100 g
deionized water; and a hydrophobic component which forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight.
[0039] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of decolonizing at least a portion of the throat/esophagus of a
subject of microorganisms. The method includes contacting the
esophageal cavity with an antimicrobial composition of the present
invention in an amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms
in or on the tissue in the throat.
[0040] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of decolonizing at least a portion of the throat/esophagus of a
subject of microorganisms. The method includes contacting the oral
cavity, nasal cavity, or both with an antimicrobial composition of
the present invention in an amount effective to allow a sufficient
quantity of the composition to pass down the throat to reduce or
eliminate bacterial colonization in or on the tissue in the
throat.
[0041] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of decolonizing at least a portion of the oral cavity of a subject
of microorganisms. The method includes contacting the oral cavity
with an antimicrobial composition of the present invention in an
amount effective to kill one or more microorganisms in or on the
soft tissue in the oral cavity.
[0042] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of treating a middle ear infection in a subject. The method
includes contacting the middle ear, Eustachian tube, and/or
tympanic membrane with an antimicrobial composition that includes:
an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component that
includes a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters include monoesters and the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the esters include
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
include monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component that includes an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof. An alternative composition for treating a
middle ear infection includes an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component, optionally an effective amount of an
enhancer component, and a hydrophobic component which forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight (i.e., the
hydrophobic component forms a vehicle for the active agent(s)). In
certain embodiments, the hydrophobic component can be the same as
the antimicrobial lipid.
[0043] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of treating a middle ear infection in a subject, the method
including contacting the middle ear, tympanic membrane, and/or
Eustachian tube with an antimicrobial composition that includes: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component having a
solubility in water of at least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and
at most 1 g/100 g deionized water; and an effective amount of an
enhancer component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy
acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof.
[0044] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of treating chronic sinusitis in a subject. The method includes
contacting at least a portion of the respiratory system
(particularly the upper respiratory system including the nasal
cavities, anterior nares, and/or nasopharynx) with an antimicrobial
composition that includes: an effective amount of an antimicrobial
lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester
of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of
a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; and an effective amount of an enhancer
component that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid,
a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof.
Preferably, the composition includes less than 0.50 percent by
weight (C6-C18)fatty acid. An alternative composition for treating
chronic sinusitis includes an effective amount of an antimicrobial
lipid component, optionally an effective amount of an enhancer
component, and a hydrophobic component, which forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight. Yet another composition
includes: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component
having a solubility in water of at least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized
water and at most 1 g/100 g deionized water; and a hydrophobic
component which forms the greatest portion of the composition by
weight.
[0045] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of treating impetigo on the skin of a subject. The method includes
contacting the affected area with an antimicrobial composition that
includes: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component
that includes a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters include monoesters and the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the esters include
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
include monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an effective
amount of an enhancer component that includes an alpha-hydroxy
acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic
compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof. Preferably, the composition includes a hydrophilic
component and the viscosity of the composition is less than 500
cps. An alternative composition for treating impetigo includes an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component, optionally an
effective amount of an enhancer component, and a hydrophobic
component, which forms the greatest portion of the composition by
weight. Yet another composition for treating impetigo includes: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component having a
solubility in water of at least 100 .mu.g/100 g deionized water and
at most 1 g/100 g deionized water; and an effective amount of an
enhancer component comprising an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy
acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof.
[0046] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of treating and/or preventing an infection on mammalian tissue
(particularly, the skin, mucosal tissue, and/or wound) of a
subject. The method includes contacting the mammalian tissue
(particularly, skin, mucosal tissue, and/or wound) with an
antimicrobial composition in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms, wherein the antimicrobial
composition includes: an effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid
component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a
polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a
polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric
alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol,
an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters include monoesters and the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the esters include
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
include monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; an effective
amount of an enhancer component that includes an alpha-hydroxy
acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic
compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations
thereof; a hydrophilic component or a surfactant or both; and a
hydrophobic component which forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight. An alternative composition for treating
and/or preventing an infection on mammalian tissue (particularly,
the skin, mucosal tissue, and/or wound) of a subject includes an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component, optionally an
effective amount of an enhancer component, and a hydrophobic
component which forms the greatest portion of the composition by
weight.
[0047] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of treating a burn. The method includes contacting the burned area
of a subject with an antimicrobial composition in an amount
effective to kill or inactivate one or more microorganisms, wherein
the antimicrobial composition includes: an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component that includes a (C7-C12)saturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated
fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C7-C12)saturated fatty
ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol, an alkoxylated derivative thereof, or
combinations thereof, wherein the alkoxylated derivative has less
than 5 moles of alkoxide per mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the
proviso that for polyhydric alcohols other than sucrose, the esters
include monoesters and the ethers include monoethers, and for
sucrose the esters include monoesters, diesters, or combinations
thereof, and the ethers include monoethers, diethers, or
combinations thereof; and an effective amount of an enhancer
component that includes an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid,
a chelating agent, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl
carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound, a
(C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or combinations thereof. An
alternative composition for treating burns includes an effective
amount of an antimicrobial lipid component, optionally an effective
amount of an enhancer component, and a hydrophobic component which
forms the greatest portion of the composition by weight.
[0048] In other embodiments, the present invention provides methods
for killing or inactivating microorganisms. Herein, to "kill or
inactivate" means to render the microorganism ineffective by
killing them (e.g., bacteria and fungi) or otherwise rendering them
inactive (e.g., viruses). The present invention provides methods
for killing bacteria such as Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus
spp., Escherichia spp., Enterococcus spp., Pseudamonas spp.
bacteria and combinations thereof, and more particularly
Staphylococcus aureus (including antibiotic resistant strains such
as methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus), Staphylococcus
epidermidis, Escherichia coli (E. coli), Pseudomonas aeruginosa
(Pseudomonas ae.), Streptococcus pyogenes, and combinations thereof
which often are on or in the skin or mucosal tissue of a subject.
The method includes contacting the microorganism with an
antimicrobial composition of the present invention in an amount
effective to kill one or more microorganisms (e.g., bacteria and
fungi) or inactivate one or more microorganisms (e.g., viruses,
particularly herpes virus).
[0049] For example, in one embodiment, the present invention
provides a method of killing or inactivating microorganisms on
mammalian tissue (particularly, the skin, mucosal tissue, and/or in
a wound) of a subject. The method includes contacting the affected
area with an antimicrobial composition that includes: an effective
amount of an antimicrobial lipid component that includes a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters include monoesters and the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the esters include
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
include monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component that includes an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; and optionally a hydrophilic component,
wherein the viscosity of the composition is at least 500 cps. An
alternative composition for killing or inactivating microorganisms
on mammalian tissue (particularly, the skin, mucosal tissue, and/or
in a wound) of a subject includes an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component, optionally, an effective amount of
an enhancer component, and a hydrophobic component which forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight.
[0050] The compositions of the present invention can also be used
for providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on a surface that
results from leaving a residue or imparting a condition to the
surface (e.g., skin, anterior nares, mucosal tissue, wound, or
medical device that comes in contact with such tissues (i.e.,
mammalian tissues), but particularly skin, mucosal tissue, and/or
wound) that remains effective and provides significant
antimicrobial activity.
[0051] For example, in one embodiment, the present invention
provides a method of providing residual antimicrobial efficacy on
mammalian tissue (particularly, the skin, mucosal tissue, anterior
nares, and/or in a wound) of a subject, the method includes
contacting the mammalian tissue (typically, skin, mucosal tissue,
and/or wound) with an antimicrobial composition that includes: an
effective amount of an antimicrobial lipid component that includes
a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, a
(C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol, an
alkoxylated derivative thereof, or combinations thereof, wherein
the alkoxylated derivative has less than 5 moles of alkoxide per
mole of polyhydric alcohol; with the proviso that for polyhydric
alcohols other than sucrose, the esters include monoesters and the
ethers include monoethers, and for sucrose the esters include
monoesters, diesters, or combinations thereof, and the ethers
include monoethers, diethers, or combinations thereof; and an
effective amount of an enhancer component that includes an
alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a chelating agent, a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid,
a phenolic compound, a (C1-C10)alkyl alcohol, an ether glycol, or
combinations thereof; and a surfactant and/or a hydrophilic
component. An alternative composition for providing residual
antimicrobial efficacy includes an effective amount of an
antimicrobial lipid component, an effective amount of an enhancer
component, and a hydrophobic component which forms the greatest
portion of the composition by weight.
[0052] In another embodiment, the present invention provides
methods of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common cold
and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection. The
method includes contacting the subject with a composition of the
present invention in at least a portion of the subject's
respiratory system (such as but not limited to, at least a portion
of the nasal cavities, etc.) in an amount effective to kill or
inactivate one or more microorganisms that cause a common cold
and/or respiratory affliction. An exemplary antimicrobial
composition for use in this method includes an effective amount of
an antimicrobial lipid component and an effective amount of an
enhancer component.
[0053] Methods of manufacture are also provided.
Definitions
[0054] The following terms are used herein according to the
following definitions.
[0055] "Effective amount" means the amount of the antimicrobial
lipid component and/or the enhancer component when in a
composition, as a whole, provides an antimicrobial (including, for
example, antiviral, antibacterial, or antifungal) activity that
reduces, prevents, or eliminates one or more species of microbes
such that an acceptable level of the microbe results. Typically,
this is a level low enough not to cause clinical symptoms, and is
desirably a non-detectable level. It should be understood that in
the compositions of the present invention, the concentrations or
amounts of the components, when considered separately, may not kill
to an acceptable level, or may not kill as broad a spectrum of
undesired microorganisms, or may not kill as fast; however, when
used together such components provide an enhanced (preferably
synergistic) antimicrobial activity (as compared to the same
components used alone under the same conditions).
[0056] It should be understood that (unless otherwise specified)
the listed concentrations of all components are for "ready to use"
or "as used" compositions. The compositions can be in a
concentrated form. That is, certain embodiments of the compositions
can be in the form of concentrates that would be diluted by the
user with an appropriate vehicle.
[0057] "Hydrophilic" refers to a material that will dissolve or
disperse in water (or other aqueous solution as specified) at a
temperature of 23.degree. C. in an amount of at least 7% by weight,
preferably at least 10% by weight, more preferably at least 20% by
weight, even more preferably at least 25% by weight, even more
preferably at least 30% by weight, and most preferably at least 40%
by weight, based on the total weight of the hydrophilic material
and the water. The component is considered dissolved if after
thoroughly mixing the compound with water at 60.degree. C. for at
least 4 hours and allowing this to cool to 23-25.degree. C. for 24
hours, and mixing the composition thoroughly it appears uniform
clear solution without visible cloudiness, phase separation, or
precipitate in a jar having a path length of 4 cm. Typically, when
placed in 1.times.1 cm cell, the sample exhibits greater than 70%
transmission measured in a suitable spectrophotometer at a
wavelength of 655 nm. Water dispersible hydrophilic materials
disperse in water to form uniform cloudy dispersions after vigorous
shaking of a 5% by weight mixture of the hydrophilic component in
water. Preferred hydrophilic components are water-soluble.
[0058] "Hydrophobic" or "water-insoluble" refers to a material that
will not significantly dissolve in water at 23.degree. C. No
significant amount means less than 5% by weight, preferably less
than 1% by weight, more preferably less than 0.5% by weight, and
even more preferably less than 0.1% by weight, based on the total
weight of the hydrophobic material and the water. Solubility can be
determined by thoroughly mixing the compound with water at the
appropriate concentration at 23.degree. C. for at least 24 hours
(or at elevated temperature if that is necessary to dissolve the
compound), allowing this to sit at 23-25.degree. C. for 24 hours,
and observing the sample. In a glass jar with a 4-cm path length
the sample should have evidence of a second phase, which can be
liquid or solid and may be separated on the top, bottom, or
distributed throughout the sample. For crystalline compounds care
should be taken to avoid producing a supersaturated solution. The
components should be mixed and observed. Cloudiness or presence of
a visible precipitate or separate phase indicates that the
solubility limit has been exceeded. Typically, when placed in
1.times.1 cm cell the sample has less than 70% transmission
measured in a suitable spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 655 nm.
For solubility determinations less than that which can be observed
with the naked eye the solubility is determined using radiolabeled
compounds as described under "Conventional Solubility Estimations
in Solubility of Long-Chain Fatty Acids in Phosphate Buffer at pH
7.4," Henrik Vorum, et al. in Biochimica et. Biophysica Acta, 1126,
135-142 (1992).
[0059] "Stable" means physically stable or chemically stable, which
are both defined in greater detail below.
[0060] "Enhancer" means a component that enhances the effectiveness
of the antimicrobial lipid component such that when the composition
less the antimicrobial lipid component and the composition less the
enhancer component are used separately, they do not provide the
same level of antimicrobial activity as the composition as a whole.
For example, an enhancer component in the absence of the
antimicrobial lipid component may not provide any appreciable
antimicrobial activity. The enhancing effect can be with respect to
the level of kill, the speed of kill, and/or the spectrum of
microorganisms killed, and may not be seen for all microorganisms.
In fact, an enhanced level of kill is most often seen in Gram
negative bacteria such as Escherichia coli. An enhancer may be a
synergist such that when combined with the remainder of the
composition, the composition as a whole displays an activity that
is greater than the sum of the activity of the composition less the
enhancer component and the composition less the antimicrobial lipid
component.
[0061] "Microorganism" or "microbe" or "microorganism" refers to
bacteria, yeast, mold, fungi, protozoa, mycoplasma, as well as
viruses (including lipid enveloped RNA and DNA viruses).
[0062] "Antibiotic" means an organic chemical produced by
microorganisms that has the ability in dilute concentrations to
destroy or inhibit microorganisms and is used to treat infectious
disease. This may also encompass semi-synthetic compounds that are
chemical derivatives of the compound produced by microorganisms or
synthetic compounds that act on very specific biochemical pathways
necessary for the cell's survival.
[0063] "Antiseptic" means a chemical agent that kills pathogenic
and non-pathogenic microorganisms. Preferred antiseptics exhibit at
least a 4 log reduction of both P. aeruginosa and S. aureus in 60
minutes from an initial inoculum of 1-3.times.10.sup.7 cfu/ml when
tested in Mueller Hinton broth at 35.degree. C. at a concentration
of 0.25 wt-% in a Rate of Kill assay using an appropriate
neutralizer as described in "The Antimicrobial Activity in vitro of
chlorhexidine, a mixture of isothiazolinones (Kathon CG) and cetyl
trimethyl ammonium bromide (CTAB)," G. Nicoletti et al., Journal of
Hospital Infection, 23, 87-111 (1993). Antiseptics generally
interfere more broadly with the cellular metabolism and/or the cell
envelope.
[0064] "Mucous membranes," "mucosal membranes," and "mucosal
tissue" are used interchangeably and refer to the surfaces of the
nasal (including anterior nares, nasoparangyl cavity, etc.), oral
(e.g., mouth), outer ear, middle ear, vaginal cavities, and other
similar tissues. Examples include mucosal membranes such as buccal,
gingival, nasal, ocular, tracheal, bronchial, gastrointestinal,
rectal, urethral, ureteral, vaginal, cervical, and uterine mucosal
membranes.
[0065] "Antimicrobial lipid" means an antiseptic that preferably
has a solubility in water of no greater than 1.0 gram per 100 grams
(1.0 g/100 g) deionized water. Preferred antimicrobial lipids have
a solubility in water of no greater than 0.5 g/100 g deionized
water, more preferably, no greater than 0.25 g/100 g deionized
water, and even more preferably, no greater than 0.10 g/100 g
deionized water. Solubilities are determined using radiolabeled
compounds as described under "Conventional Solubility Estimations"
in Solubility of Long-Chain Fatty Acids in Phosphate Buffer at pH
7.4, Henrik Vorum et al., in Biochimica et. Biophysica Acta., 1126,
135-142 (1992). Preferred antimicrobial lipids have a solubility in
deionized water of at least 100 micrograms (.mu.g) per 100 grams
deionized water, more preferably, at least 500 .mu.g/100 g
deionized water, and even more preferably, at least 1000 .mu.g/100
g deionized water. The antimicrobial lipids preferably have a
hydrophile/lipophile balance (HLB) of at most 6.2, more preferably
at most 5.8, and even more preferably at most 5.5. The
antimicrobial lipids preferably have an HLB of at least 3,
preferably at least 3.2, and even more preferably at least 3.4.
[0066] "Fatty" as used herein refers to a straight or branched
chain alkyl or alkylene moiety having 6 to 14 (odd or even number)
carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified.
[0067] "Affliction" means a condition to a body resulting from
sickness, disease, injury, bacterial colonization, etc.
[0068] "Treat" or "treatment" means to improve the condition of a
subject relative to the affliction, typically in terms of clinical
symptoms of the condition.
[0069] "Decolonization" refers to a reduction in the number of
microorganisms (e.g., bacteria and fungi) present in or on tissue
that do not necessarily cause immediate clinical symptoms. Examples
of decolonization include, but are not limited to, decolonization
of the nasal cavity and wounds. Ordinarily fewer microorganisms are
present in colonized tissue than in infected tissue. When the
tissue is completely deconolonized the microorganisms have been
"eradicated."
[0070] "Subject" and "patient" includes humans, sheep, horses,
cattle, pigs, dogs, cats, rats, mice, or other mammal.
[0071] "Wound" refers to an injury to a subject which involves a
break in the normal skin barrier exposing tissue below, which is
caused by, for example, lacerations, surgery, burns, damage to
underlying tissue such as pressure sores, poor circulation, and the
like. Wounds are understood to include both acute and chronic
wounds.
[0072] The terms "comprises" and variations thereof do not have a
limiting meaning where these terms appear in the description and
claims.
[0073] As used herein, "a," "an," "the," "at least one," and "one
or more" are used interchangeably. The term "and/or" means one or
all of the listed elements (e.g., preventing and/or treating an
affliction means preventing, treating, or both treating and
preventing further afflications).
[0074] Also herein, the recitations of numerical ranges by
endpoints include all numbers subsumed within that range (e.g., 1
to 5 includes 1, 1.5, 2, 2.75, 3, 3.80, 4, 5, etc.).
[0075] The above summary of the present invention is not intended
to describe each disclosed embodiment or every implementation of
the present invention. The description that follows more
particularly exemplifies illustrative embodiments. In several
places throughout the application, guidance is provided through
lists of examples, which examples can be used in various
combinations. In each instance, the recited list serves only as a
representative group and should not be interpreted as an exclusive
list.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
[0076] The present invention provides antimicrobial (including,
e.g., antiviral, antibacterial, and antifungal) compositions. These
compositions include one or more antimicrobial lipids, such as, for
example, a fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol, a fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol, or alkoxylated derivatives thereof (of
either the ester or ether). In certain embodiments the compositions
also include one or more enhancers. Certain compositions also
include one or more surfactants, one or more hydrophilic compounds,
and/or one or more hydrophobic compounds. In certain embodiments,
the hydrophobic component can be the same as the antimicrobial
lipid component.
[0077] Such compositions adhere well to bodily tissues (i.e.,
mammalian tissues such as skin, mucosal tissue, and wounds) and
thus are very effective topically. Thus, the present invention
provides a wide variety of uses of the compositions. Particularly
preferred methods involve topical application, particularly to
mucosal tissues (i.e., mucous membranes including the anterior
nares and other tissues of the upper respiratory tract), as well as
skin (e.g., skin lesions) and wounds. Herein, such tissues are
preferred examples of mammalian tissues.
[0078] For certain applications in which limited antimicrobial
activity is desired, compositions containing an antimicrobial lipid
component can be used, whereas in other applications in which more
broad antimicrobial activity is desired, compositions containing
both an antimicrobial lipid component and an enhancer component are
used. For example, in certain situations it may be desirable to
kill or inactivate only one type or class of microorganism (e.g.,
Gram positive) as opposed to all the microorganisms present. In
such situations, compositions of the present invention that contain
an antimicrobial lipid component without an enhancer component may
be suitable.
[0079] Compositions of the present invention can be used to provide
effective topical antimicrobial activity. For example, they can be
used for hand disinfection, particularly in presurgical scrubs.
They can be used to disinfect various body parts, particularly in
patient presurgical skin antiseptics.
[0080] Compositions of the present invention can be used to provide
effective topical antimicrobial activity and thereby treat and/or
prevent a wide variety of afflications. For example, they can be
used in the treatment and/or prevention of afflictions that are
caused, or aggravated by, microorganisms (e.g., Gram positive
bacteria, Gram negative bacteria, fungi, protozoa, mycoplasma,
yeast, viruses, and even lipid-enveloped viruses) on skin and/or
mucous membranes, such as those in the nose (anterial nares,
nasopharangyl cavity, nasal cavities, etc.), outer ear, and middle
ear, mouth, rectum, vagina, or other similar tissues. Particularly
relevant organisms that cause or aggravate such afflications
include Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Pseudomonas spp.,
Enterococcus spp., and Esherichia spp., bacteria, as well as herpes
virus, Aspergillus spp., Fusarium spp. Candida spp. as well as
combinations thereof. Particularly virulent organisms include
Staphylococcus aureus (including resistant strains such as
Methicillin Resistant Staphylococcus Aureus (MRSA), Staphylococcus
epidermidis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Enterococcus faecalis,
Vancomycin Resistant Enterococcus (VRE), Pseudomonas auerginosa,
Escherichia coli, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus fumigatus,
Aspergillus clavatus, Fusarium solani, Fusarium oxysporum, Fusarium
chlamydosporum, Candida albicans, Candida glabrata, Candida krusei,
and combinations thereof.
[0081] Compositions of the present invention can be used for the
prevention and/or treatment of one or more microorganism-caused
infections or other afflictions. In particular, compositions of the
present invention can be used for preventing and/or treating one or
more of the following: skin lesions, conditions of the skin such as
impetigo, eczema, diaper rash in infants as well as incontinent
adults, inflammation around ostomy devices, shingles, and bacterial
infections in open wounds (e.g., cuts, scrapes, burns, lacerations,
chronic wounds); necrotizing faciitis; infections of the outer ear;
acute or chronic otitis media (middle ear infection) caused by
bacterial, viral, or fungal contamination; fungal and bacterial
infections of the vagina or rectum; vaginal yeast infections;
bacterial rhinitis; ocular infections; cold sores; genital herpes;
colonization by Staphylococcus aureus in the anterior nares (e.g.
prior to surgery or hemodialysis); mucositis (i.e., inflammation as
opposed to infection of a mucous membrane typically induced by
non-invasive fungus); chronic sinusitis (e.g., that caused by
bacterial or viral contamination); non-invasive fungus-induced
rhinosinusitis; chronic colitis; Crohn's disease; burns; napkin
rash; tinea pedis (i.e., athlete's foot); tinea curis (i.e., jock
itch); tinea corporis (i.e., ringworm); candidiasis; strep throat,
strep pharyngitis, and other Group A Streptococci infections;
rosacea (often called adult acne); psoriasis; common cold; and
respiratory afflictions (e.g., asthma). In sum, compositions of the
present invention can be used for preventing and/or treating a wide
variety of topical afflictions caused by microbial infection (e.g.,
yeast, viral, bacterial infections).
[0082] Compositions of the present invention can be used on a wide
variety of surfaces. For example, they can be used on mammalian
tissues (particularly, skin, mucosal tissue, chronic wounds, acute
wounds, burns, and the like) and hard surfaces such as medical
(e.g., surgical) devices, floor tiles, countertops, tubs, dishes,
as well as on gloves (e.g., surgical gloves). They can also be
delivered from swabs, cloth, sponges, foams, nonwovens, and paper
products (e.g., paper towels and wipes), for example. Typically,
compositions with hydrophobic components are used on mammalian
tissues (particularly, skin, mucosal tissue, wounds) and medical
devices that come in contact with such surfaces, whereas
compositions with hydrophilic components are used on these surfaces
as well as other hard surfaces (e.g., floor tiles).
[0083] Thus, the present invention also provides various methods of
use of compositions of the present invention. Various embodiments
of the present invention include: a method of preventing an
affliction caused, or aggravated by, a microorganism on mammalian
tissue (particularly, skin and/or a mucous membrane); a method of
decolonizing at least a portion of the nasal cavities, anterior
nares, and/or nasopharynx of a subject of microorganisms; a method
of treating a middle ear infection in a subject (through the middle
ear, the Eustachian tube, and/or the tympanic membrane); a method
of treating chronic sinusitis in a subject (by treating at least a
portion of the respiratory system, particularly the upper
respiratory system, including the nasal cavities, anterior nares,
and/or nasopharynx); a method of treating impetigo on the skin of a
subject; a method of treating and/or preventing an infection on
mammalian tissue (particularly, the skin, mucosal tissue, and/or
wound) of a subject; a method of treating a burn; a method of
killing or inactivating microorganisms (e.g., killing bacteria
and/or fungi, or inactivating viruses); a method for providing
residual antimicrobial efficacy (e.g., antibacterial, antfungal,
and/or antiviral efficacy) that results from leaving a residue or
imparting a condition on a surface (such as skin, mucosal tissue,
wound, and/or medical device that contacts such surfaces) that
remains effective and provides significant antimicrobial activity;
a method of preventing and/or treating a subject for a common cold
and/or respiratory affliction caused by a microbial infection; a
method of decolonizing at least a portion of the throat/esophagus
of a subject of microorganisms; and a method of decolonizing at
least a portion of the oral cavity of a subject of
microorganisms.
[0084] It should be understood that compositions of the present
invention can be used in situations in which there are no clinical
indications of an affliction. For example, compositions of the
present invention can be used in methods of decolonizing at least a
portion of the nasal cavities (i.e., space behind the vestibule of
the nose), anterior nares (i.e., the opening in the nose to the
nasal cavities, also referred to as the external nares), and/or
nasopharynx (i.e., the portion of the pharynx, i.e., throat, that
lies above the point of food entry into the pharynx) of a subject
of microorganisms. A suitable model to test for the effectiveness
of compositions to decolonize the anterior nares has been
established and is described by K. Kiser et al., Infect and
Immunity, 67(10), 5001-5006 (1999). Compositions of the present
invention can also be used to decolonize microorganisms from
wounds.
[0085] Decolonization methods using compositions of the present
invention are particularly useful in immunocompromised patients
(including oncology patients, diabetics, HIV patients, transplant
patients an the like), particularly for fungi such as Aspergillus
spp. and Fusarium spp.
[0086] In particular, compositions of the present invention can be
used in chronic wounds to eliminate methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus, which may or may not show clinical signs of
infection such as inflammation, pus, exudate, etc. Also, it is of
significance to note that certain compositions of the present
invention can kill lipid-enveloped viruses, which can be very
difficult to kill and can cause shingles (Herpes), chronic
sinusitis, otitis media, and other local diseases.
[0087] Those of ordinary skill in the art will readily determine
when a composition of the present invention provides antimicrobial
activity using assay and bacterial screening methods well known in
the art. One readily performed assay involves exposing selected
known or readily available viable microorganism strains, such as
Enterococcus spp., Aspergillus spp., Escherichia spp.,
Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Pseudomonas spp., or
Salmonella spp., to a test composition at a predetermined bacterial
burden level in a culture media at an appropriate temperature. For
the preferred compositions of the present invention this is most
conveniently done by the Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test described in
the Examples Section. Briefly, after a sufficient contact time, an
aliquot of a sample containing the exposed bacteria is collected,
diluted, and plated out on agar. The plated sample of bacteria is
incubated for forty-eight hours and the number of viable bacterial
colonies growing on the plate is counted. Once colonies have been
counted the reduction in the number of bacteria caused by the test
composition is readily determined. Bacterial reduction is generally
reported as log.sub.10 reduction determined by the difference
between the log.sub.10 of the initial inoculum count and the
log.sub.10 of the inoculum count after exposure. Preferred
compositions of the present invention have an average of at least a
4 log reduction in test bacteria in 10 minutes.
[0088] Many of the preferred compositions were tested as described
in the Examples Section for antimicrobial activity against MRSA
(Gram positive, ATCC Number 16266), E. coli (Gram negative, ATCC
Number 11229), and Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Gram negative, ATCC
Number 15442). In general, the Pseudomonas aeruginosa is often the
most difficult to kill. Preferred compositions of the present
invention also exhibit very rapid antimicrobial activity. As shown
in the Examples Section, preferred formulations are able to achieve
an average log reduction of at least 4 log against these three
organisms after a 10 minute exposure and preferably after a 5
minute exposure. More preferred compositions are able to achieve an
average log reduction of at least 5 log and even more preferred at
least 6 log against these three organisms after a 10 minute
exposure and preferably after a 5 minute exposure.
[0089] For residual antimicrobial efficacy, compositions of the
present invention preferably maintain an average log reduction of
at least 1 log, more preferably at least 1.5 log, and even more
preferably at least 2 log, for at least 0.5 hour, more preferably
at least 1 hour, and even more preferably at least 3 hours after
application to an affected site or after testing the composition on
the forearm of a subject. To test this, a composition was applied
to the forearm of a subject as a uniform wet coating in an amount
of approximately 4 milligrams per square centimeter (mg/cm.sup.2)
to the forearm of a healthy subject and allowed to thoroughly dry
(typically a minimum of 10 minutes) over an area of approximately
5.times.5 cm. The dried composition was gently washed with
23.degree. C. normal saline (0.9% by weight sodium chloride). The
saline washed site was exposed to a known quantity of bacteria in
an innoculum of 10.sup.6 bacteria/ml (typically Staphylococcus
epidermidis or E. coli) for 30 minutes. The bacteria were recovered
and treated with an effective neutralizer and incubated to quantify
the bacteria remaining. Particularly preferred compositions retain
at least 1 log reduction and preferably at least 2 log reduction of
bacteria after a gentle rinse with 500 ml saline poured over the
site by placing the saline container as close to the site as
possible so as to not have the saline fall onto the site.
[0090] Significantly, certain embodiments of the present invention
have a very low potential for generating microbial resistance. For
example, preferred compositions of the present invention have an
increase in the ratio of final to initial MIC levels (i.e., minimum
inhibitory concentration) of less than 16, more preferably less
than 8, and even more preferably less than 4. Such an emergence of
resistance assay should be carried out such that the microorganisms
are subjected initially to sub MIC levels (e.g., 1/2 the MIC) of
antimicrobial lipid and after 24 hours the microorganisms passed
into broth containing twice the concentration of antimicrobial
lipid. This is repeated for 8 days and each day microorganisms are
removed to determine the new MIC. Thus, such compositions can be
applied multiple times over one or more days to treat topical
infections or to eradicate unwanted bacteria (such as nasal
colonization of Staphylococcus aureus).
[0091] Preferred compositions of the present invention contain an
effective amount of antimicrobial lipid component to rapidly kill
or inactivate microorganisms on skin, skin lesions, and mucosal
membranes. In certain embodiments, essentially all the
microorganisms are eradicated or inactivated within five days,
preferably within three days, more preferably two days, and most
preferably within 24 hours using one or more doses.
[0092] Preferred compositions of the present invention have a
generally low irritation level for skin, skin lesions, and mucosal
membranes (including the anterior nares, nasal cavities,
nasopharangyl cavity and other portions of the upper respiratory
tract). For example, certain preferred compositions of the present
invention are no more irritating than BACTROBAN ointment (on skin)
or BACTROBAN NASAL (in the anterior nares) products available from
Glaxo Smith Kline.
[0093] Preferred compositions of the present invention are
substantive for relatively long periods of time to ensure adequate
efficacy. For example, certain compositions of the present
invention remain at the site of application with antimicrobial
activity for at least 4 hours and more preferably at least 8
hours.
[0094] Preferred compositions of the present invention are
physically stable. As defined herein "physically stable"
compositions are those that do not significantly change due to
substantial precipitation, crystallization, phase separation, and
the like, from their original condition during storage at
23.degree. C. for at least 3 months, and preferably for at least 6
months. Particularly preferred compositions are physically stable
if a 10-milliliter (10-ml) sample of the composition when placed in
a 15-ml conical-shaped graduated plastic centrifuge tube (Corning)
and centrifuged at 3,000 revolutions per minute (rpm) for 10
minutes using a Labofuge B, model 2650 manufactured by Heraeus
Sepatech GmbH, Osterode, West Germany (or similar centrifuge at
2275.times.g) has no visible phase separation in the bottom or top
of the tube.
[0095] Preferred compositions of the present invention exhibit good
chemical stability. This can be especially a concern with the
antimicrobial fatty acid esters, which can often undergo
transesterification, for example. Preferred compositions retain at
least 85%, more preferably at least 90%, even more preferably at
least 92%, and even more preferably at least 95%, of the
antimicrobial lipid component after aging for 4 weeks at 40.degree.
C. (an average of three samples) beyond the initial 5-day
equilibration period at 23.degree. C. The most preferred
compositions retain an average of at least 97% of the antimicrobial
lipid component after aging for 4 weeks at 40.degree. C. in a
sealed container beyond the initial 5-day equilibration period at
23.degree. C. The percent retention is understood to mean the
weight percent of antimicrobial lipid component retained. This is
determined by comparing the amount remaining in a sample aged
(i.e., aged beyond the initial 5-day equilibration period) in a
sealed container that does not cause degradation, to the actual
measured level in an identically prepared sample (preferably from
the same batch) and allowed to sit at 23.degree. C. for five days.
The level of antimicrobial lipid component is preferably determined
using gas chromatography as described in the Aging Study Using Gas
Chromatography test method included in the Examples Section.
[0096] Generally, the compositions of this invention may be in one
of the following forms:
[0097] A hydrophobic ointment: The compositions are formulated with
a hydrophobic base (e.g., petrolatum, thickened or gelled water
insoluble oils, and the like) and optionally having a minor amount
of a water soluble phase.
[0098] An oil-in-water emulsion: The compositions may be
formulations in which the antimicrobial lipid component is
emulsified into an emulsion comprising a discrete phase of a
hydrophobic component and a continuous aqueous phase that includes
water and optionally one or more polar hydrophilic carrier(s) as
well as salts, surfactants, emulsifiers, and other components.
These emulsions may include water-soluble or water-swellable
polymers as well as one or more emulsifier(s) that help to
stabilize the emulsion. These emulsions generally have higher
conductivity values, as described in U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 09/966,511, filed on Sep. 28, 2001.
[0099] A water-in-oil emulsion: The compositions may be
formulations in which the antimicrobial lipid component is
incorporatedinto an emulsion that includes a continuous phase of a
hydrophobic component and an aqueous phase that includes water and
optionally one or more polar hydrophilic carrier(s) as well as
salts or other components. These emulsions may include oil-soluble
or oil-swellable polymers as well as one or more emulsifier(s) that
help to stabilize the emulsion.
[0100] Thickened Aqueous gels: These systems include an aqueous
phase which has been thickened to achieve a viscosity of at least
500 centipoise (cps), more preferably at least 1,000 cps, even more
preferably at least 10,000 cps, even more preferably at least
20,000 cps, even more preferably at least 50,000 cps, even more
preferably at least 75,000 cps, even more preferably at least
100,000 cps, and even more preferably at least 250,000 cps (and
even as high as 500,000 cps, 1,000,000 cps, or more). The viscosity
is determined using the Viscosity Test described herein. These
systems can be thickened by suitable natural, modified natural, or
synthetic polymers as described below. Alternatively, the thickened
aqueous gels can be thickened using suitable polyethoxylated alkyl
chain surfactants that effectively thicken the composition as well
as other nonionic, cationic, or anionic emulsifier systems.
Preferably, cationic or anionic emulsifier systems are chosen since
some polyethoxylated emulsifiers can inactivate the antimicrobial
lipids especially at higher concentrations. For certain
embodiments, anionic emulsifier systems are used. Examples include
the nonioinic systems such as Polawax, Cosmowax, and Crothix
systems as well as cationic (Behenyl TMS) and anionic (Crodaphos
CES) systems from Croda Inc.
[0101] Hydrophilic gels: These are systems in which the continuous
phase includes at least one water soluble hydrophilic component
other than water. The formulations may optionally also contain
water up to 20% by weight. Higher levels may be suitable in some
compositions. Suitable hydrophilic components include one or more
glycols such as glycerin, propylene glycol, butylene glycols, etc.,
polyethylene glycols (PEG), random or block copolymers of ethylene
oxide, propylene oxide, and/or butylene oxide, polyalkoxylated
surfactants having one or more hydrophobic moieties per molecule,
silicone copolyols, as well as combinations thereof, and the like.
One skilled in the art will recognize that the level of
ethoxylation should be sufficient to render the hydrophilic
component water soluble or water dispersible at 23.degree. C. In
most embodiments, the water content is less than 20%, preferably
less than 10%, and more preferably less than 5% by weight of the
composition.
Antimicrobial Lipid Component
[0102] The antimicrobial lipid component is that component of the
composition that provides at least part of the antimicrobial
activity. That is, the antimicrobial lipid component has at least
some antimicrobial activity for at least one microorganism. It is
generally considered the main active component of the compositions
of the present invention.
[0103] In certain embodiments, the antimicrobial lipid prefrerably
has a solubility in water of no greater than 1.0 gram per 100 grams
(1.0 g/100 g) deionized water. More preferred antimicrobial lipids
have a solubility in water of no greater than 0.5 g/100 g deionized
water, even more preferably, no greater than 0.25 g/100 g deionized
water, and even more preferably, no greater than 0.10 g/100 g
deionized water. Preferred antimicrobial lipids have a solubility
in deionized water of at least 100 micrograms (g) per 100 grams
deionized water, more preferably, at least 500 .mu.g/100 g
deionized water, and even more preferably, at least 1000 .mu.g/100
g deionized water.
[0104] The antimicrobial lipids preferably have a
hydrophile/lipophile balance (HLB) of at most 6.2, more preferably
at most 5.8, and even more preferably at most 5.5. The
antimicrobial lipids preferably have an HLB of at least 3,
preferably at least 3.2, and even more preferably at least 3.4.
[0105] Preferred antimicrobial lipids are uncharged and have an
alkyl or ankenyl hydrocarbon chain containing at least 7 carbon
atoms.
[0106] In certain embodiments, the antimicrobial lipid component
preferably includes one or more fatty acid esters of a polyhydric
alcohol, fatty ethers of a polyhydric alcohol, or alkoxylated
derivatives thereof (of either or both of the ester and ether), or
combinations thereof. More specifically and preferably, the
antimicrobial component is selected from the group consisting of a
(C7-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol
(preferably, a (C8-C12)saturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol), a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a polyhydric
alcohol (preferably, a (C12-C22)unsaturated fatty acid ester of a
polyhydric alcohol), a (C7-C12)saturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol (preferably, a (C8-C12)saturated fatty ether of
a polyhydric alcohol), a (C8-C22)unsaturated fatty ether of a
polyhydric alcohol (preferably, a (C12-C22)unsaturated fatty ether
of a polyhydric alcohol), an alkoxylated derivative thereof, and
combinations thereof. Preferably, the esters and ethers are
monoesters and monoethers, unless they are esters and ethers of
sucrose in which case they can be monoesters, diesters, monoethers,
or monoethers. Various combinations of monoesters, diesters,
monoethers, and diethers can be used in a composition of the
present invention.
[0107] A fatty acid ester of a polyhydric alcohol is preferably of
the formula (R.sup.1--C(O)--O).sub.n--R.sup.2, wherein R.sup.1 is
the residue of a (C7-C12)saturated fatty acid (preferably, a
(C8-C12)saturated fatty acid), or a (C8-C22)unsaturated
(preferably, a C12-C22)unsaturated, including polyunsaturated)
fatty acid, R.sup.2 is the residue of a polyhydric alcohol
(typically and preferably, glycerin, propylene glycol, and sucrose,
although a wide variety of others can be used including
pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, xylitol, etc.), and n=1 or 2.
The R.sup.2 group includes at least one free hydroxyl group
(preferably, residues of glycerin, propylene glycol, or sucrose).
Preferred fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohols are esters
derived from C7, C8, C9, C10, C11, and C12 saturated fatty acids.
For embodiments in which the polyhydric alcohol is glycerin or
propylene glycol, n=1, although when it is sucrose, n=1 or 2.
[0108] Exemplary fatty acid monoesters include, but are not limited
to, glycerol monoesters of lauric (monolaurin), caprylic
(monocaprylin), and capric (monocaprin) acid, and propylene glycol
monoesters of lauric, caprylic, and capric acid, as well as lauric,
caprylic, and capric acid monoesters of sucrose. Other fatty acid
monoesters include glycerin and propylene glycol monoesters of
oleic (18:1), linoleic (18:2), linolenic (18:3), and arachonic
(20:4) unsaturated (including polyunsaturated) fatty acids. As is
generally know, 18:1, for example, means the compound has 18 carbon
atoms and 1 carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred unsaturated chains
have at least one unsaturated group in the cis isomer form. In
certain preferred embodiments, the fatty acid monoesters that are
suitable for use in the present composition include known
monoesters of lauric, caprylic, and capric acid, such as that known
as GML or the trade designation LAURICIDIN (the glycerol monoester
of lauric acid commonly referred to as monolaurin or glycerol
monolaurate), glycerol monocaprate, glycerol monocaprylate,
propylene glycol monolaurate, propylene glycol monocaprate,
propylene glycol monocaprylate, and combinations thereof.
[0109] Exemplary fatty acid diesters of sucrose include, but are
not limited to, lauric, caprylic, and capric diesters of sucrose as
well as combinations thereof.
[0110] A fatty ether of a polyhydric alcohol is preferably of the
formula (R.sup.3--O).sub.n--R.sup.4, wherein R.sup.3 is a
(C7-C12)saturated aliphatic group (preferably, a (C8-C12)saturated
aliphatic group), or a (C8-C22)unsaturated (preferably,
(C12-C22)unsaturated, including polyunsaturated) aliphatic group,
R.sup.4 is the residue of glycerin, sucrose, or propylene glycol,
and n=1 or 2. For glycerin and propylene glycol n=1, and for
sucrose n=1 or 2. Preferred fatty ethers are monoethers of
(C7-C12)alkyl groups (more preferably, (C8-C12)alkyl groups).
[0111] Exemplary fatty monoethers include, but are not limited to,
laurylglyceryl ether, caprylglycerylether, caprylylglyceryl ether,
laurylpropylene glycol ether, caprylpropyleneglycol ether, and
caprylylpropyleneglycol ether. Other fatty monoethers include
glycerin and propylene glycol monoethers of oleyl (18:1), linoleyl
(18:2), linolenyl (18:3), and arachonyl (20:4) unsaturated and
polyunsaturated fatty alcohols. In certain preferred embodiments,
the fatty monoethers that are suitable for use in the present
composition include laurylglyceryl ether, caprylglycerylether,
caprylyl glyceryl ether, laurylpropylene glycol ether,
caprylpropyleneglycol ether, caprylylpropyleneglycol ether, and
combinations thereof. Unsaturated chains preferably have at least
one unsaturated bond in the cis isomer form.
[0112] The alkoxylated derivatives of the aforementioned fatty acid
esters and fatty ethers (e.g., one which is ethoxylated and/or
propoxylated on the remaining alcohol group(s)) also have
antimicrobial activity as long as the total alkoxylate is kept
relatively low. Preferred alkoxylation levels are disclosed in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,208,257 (Kabara). In the case where the esters and
ethers are ethoxylated, the total moles of ethylene oxide is
preferably less than 5, and more preferably less than 2.
[0113] The fatty acid esters or fatty ethers of polyhydric alcohols
can be alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated and/or propoxylated, by
conventional techniques. Alkoxylating compounds are preferably
selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene
oxide, and mixtures thereof, and similar oxirane compounds.
[0114] The compositions of the present invention include one or
more fatty acid esters, fatty ethers, alkoxylated fatty acid
esters, or alkoxylated fatty ethers at a suitable level to produce
the desired result. Such compositions preferably include a total
amount of such material of at least 0.01 percent by weight (wt-%),
more preferably at least 0.1 wt-%, even more preferably at least
0.25 wt-%, even more preferably at least 0.5 wt-%, and even more
preferably at least 1 wt-%, based on the total weight of the "ready
to use" or "as used" composition. In a preferred embodiment, they
are present in a total amount of no greater than 20 wt-%, more
preferably no greater than 15 wt-%, even more preferably no greater
than 10 wt-%, and even more preferably no greater than 5 wt-%,
based on the "ready to use" or "as used" composition. Certain
compositions may be higher in concentration if they are intended to
be diluted prior to use.
[0115] Preferred compositions of the present invention that include
one or more fatty acid monoesters, fatty monoethers, or alkoxylated
derivatives thereof can also include a small amount of a di- or
tri-fatty acid ester (i.e., a fatty acid di- or tri-ester), a di-
or tri-fatty ether (i.e., a fatty di- or tri-ether), or alkoxylated
derivative thereof. Preferably, such components are present in an
amount of no more than 50 wt-%, more preferably no more than 40
wt-%, even more preferably no more than 25 wt-%, even more
preferably no more than 15 wt-%, even more preferably no more than
10 wt-%, even more preferably no more than 7 wt-%, even more
preferably no more than 6 wt-%, and even more preferably no more
than 5 wt-%, based on the total weight of the antimicrobial lipid
component. For example, for monoesters, monoethers, or alkoxylated
derivatives of glycerin, preferably there is no more than 15 wt-%,
more preferably no more than 10 wt-%, even more preferably no more
than 7 wt-%, even more preferably no more than 6 wt-%, and even
more preferably no more than 5 wt-% of a diester, diether,
triester, triether, or alkoxylated derivatives thereof present,
based on the total weight of the antimicrobial lipid components
present in the composition. However, as will be explained in
greater detail below, higher concentrations of di- and tri-esters
may be tolerated in the raw material if the formulation initially
includes free glycerin because of transesterification
reactions.
[0116] Although in some situations it is desirable to avoid di- or
tri-esters as a component of the starting materials, it is possible
to use relatively pure tri-esters in the preparation of certain
compositions of the present invention (for example, as a
hydrophobic component) and have effective antimicrobial
activity.
[0117] To achieve rapid antimicrobial activity, formulations may
incorporate one or more antimicrobial lipids in the composition
approaching, or preferably exceeding, the solubility limit in the
hydrophobic phase. While not intended to be bound by theory, it
appears that antimicrobial lipids that preferably partition into
the hydrophobic component are not readily available to kill
microorganisms which are in or associated with an aqueous phase in
or on the tissue. In most compositions, the antimicrobial lipid is
preferably incorporated in at least 60%, preferably, at least 75%,
more preferably, at least 100%, and most preferably, at least 120%,
of the solubility limit of the hydrophobic component at 23.degree.
C. This in conveniently determined by making the formulation
without the antimicrobial lipid, separating the phases (e.g., by
centrifugation or other suitable separation technique) and
determining the solubility limit by addition of progressively
greater levels of the antimicrobial lipid until precipitation
occurs. One skilled in the art will realize that creation of
supersaturated solutions must be avoided for an accurate
determination.
Enhancer Component
[0118] Compositions of the present invention include an enhancer
(preferably a synergist) to enhance the antimicrobial activity
especially against Gram negative bacteria, such as E. coli and
Psuedomonas sp. The chosen enhancer preferably affects the cell
envelope of the bacteria. While not bound by theory, it is
presently believed that the enhancer functions by allowing the
antimicrobial lipid to more easily enter the cell cytoplasm and/or
by facilitating disruption of the cell envelope. The enhancer
component may include an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta-hydroxy acid,
other carboxylic acids, a (C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)aryl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, a
(C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid, a phenolic compound (such as
certain antioxidants and parabens), a (C1-C10)monohydroxy alcohol,
a chelating agent, or a glycol ether (i.e., ether glycol). Various
combinations of enhancers can be used if desired.
[0119] The alpha-hydroxy acid, beta-hydroxy acid, and other
carboxylic acid enhancers are preferably present in their
protonated, free acid form. It is not necessary for all of the
acidic enhancers to be present in the free acid form; however, the
preferred concentrations listed below refer to the amount present
in the free acid form. Additional, non-alpha hydroxy acid,
betahydroxy acid or other carboxylic acid enhancers, may be added
in order to acidify the formulation or buffer it at a pH to
maintain antimicrobial activity. Furthermore, the chelator
enhancers that include carboxylic acid groups are preferably
present with at least one, and more preferably at least two,
carboxylic acid groups in their free acid form. The concentrations
given below assume this to be the case.
[0120] One or more enhancers may be used in the compositions of the
present invention at a suitable level to produce the desired
result. In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total
amount greater than 0.01 wt-%, more preferably in an amount greater
than 0.1 wt-%, even more preferably in an amount greater than 0.2
wt-%, even more preferably in an amount greater than 0.25 wt-%, and
most preferably in an amount greater than 0.4 wt-% based on the
total weight of the ready to use composition. In a preferred
embodiment, they are present in a total amount of no greater than
20 wt-%, based on the total weight of the ready to use composition.
Such concentrations typically apply to alpha-hydroxy acids,
beta-hydroxy acids, other carboxylic acids, chelating agents,
phenolics, ether glycols, (C5-C10)monohydroxy alcohols. Generally,
higher concentrations are needed for (C1-C4)monohydroxy alcohols,
as described in greater detail below.
[0121] The alpha-hydroxy acid, beta-hydroxy acid, and other
carboxylic acid enhancers, as well as chelators that include
carboxylic acid groups, are preferably present in a concentration
of no greater than 100 milliMoles per 100 grams of formulated
composition. In most embodiments, alpha-hydroxy acid, beta-hydroxy
acid, and other carboxylic acid enhancers, as well as chelators
that include carboxylic acid groups, are preferably present in a
concentration of no greater than 75 milliMoles per 100 grams, more
preferably no greater than 50 milliMoles per 100 grams, and most
preferably no greater than 25 milliMoles per 100 grams of
formulated composition.
[0122] The total concentration of the enhancer component relative
to the total concentration of the antimicrobial lipid component is
preferably within a range of 10:1 to 1:300, and more preferably 5:1
and 1:10, on a weight basis.
[0123] An additional consideration when using an enhancer is the
solubility and physical stability in the compositions. Many of the
enhancers discussed herein are insoluble in preferred hydrophobic
components such as petrolatum. It has been found that the addition
of a minor amount (typically less than 30 wt-%, preferably less
than 20 wt-%, and more preferably less than 12 wt-%) of a
hydrophilic component not only helps dissolve and physically
stabilize the composition but improves the antimicrobial activity
as well. These hydrophilic components are described below.
[0124] Alternatively, the enhancer may be present in excess of the
solubility limit provided that the composition is physically
stable. This may be achieved by utilizing a sufficiently viscous
composition that stratification (e.g., settling or creaming) of the
antimicrobial lipid does not appreciably occur.
[0125] Alpha-hydroxy Acids. An alpha-hydroxy acid is typically a
compound represented by the formula:
R.sup.5(CR.sup.6OH).sub.nCOOH
wherein: R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 are each independently H or a
(C1-C8)alkyl group (straight, branched, or cyclic), a (C6-C12)aryl,
or a (C6-C12)aralkyl or alkaryl group (wherein the alkyl group is
straight, branched, or cyclic), wherein R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 may be
optionally substituted with one or more carboxylic acid groups; and
n=1-3, preferably, n=1-2.
[0126] Exemplary alpha-hydroxy acids include, but are not limited
to, lactic acid, malic acid, citric acid, 2-hydroxybutanoic acid,
3-hydroxybutanoic acid, mandelic acid, gluconic acid, glycolic
acid, tartaric acid, alpha-hydroxyethanoic acid, ascorbic acid,
alpha-hydroxyoctanoic acid, hydroxycaprylic acid, and salicylic
acid, as well as derivatives thereof (e.g., compounds substituted
with hydroxyls, phenyl groups, hydroxyphenyl groups, alkyl groups,
halogens, as well as combinations thereof). Preferred alpha-hydroxy
acids include lactic acid, malic acid, and mandelic acid. These
acids may be in D, L, or DL form and may be present as free acid,
lactone, or partial salts thereof. All such forms are encompassed
by the term "acid." Preferably, the acids are present in the free
acid form. In certain preferred embodiments, the alpha-hydroxy
acids useful in the compositions of the present invention are
selected from the group consisting of lactic acid, mandelic acid,
and malic acid, and mixtures thereof. Other suitable alpha-hydroxy
acids are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,665,776 (Yu).
[0127] One or more alpha-hydroxy acids may be used in the
compositions of the present invention at a suitable level to
produce the desired result. In a preferred embodiment, they are
present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt-%, more preferably,
at least 0.5 wt-%, and even more preferably, at least 1 wt-%, based
on the total weight of the ready to use composition. In a preferred
embodiment, they are present in a total amount of no greater than
10 wt-%, more preferably, no greater than 5 wt-%, and even more
preferably, no greater than 3 wt-%, based on the total weight of
the ready to use composition. Higher concentrations may become
irritating.
[0128] The ratio of alpha-hydroxy acid enhancer to total
antimicrobial lipid component is preferably at most 10:1, more
preferably at most 5:1, and even more preferably at most 1:1. The
ratio of alpha-hydroxy acid enhancer to total antimicrobial lipid
component is preferably at least 1:20, more preferably at least
1:12, and even more preferably at least 1:5. Preferably the ratio
of alpha-hydroxy acid enhancer to total antimicrobial lipid
component is within a range of 1:12 to 1:1.
[0129] Beta-hydroxy Acids. A beta-hydroxy acid is typically a
compound represented by the formula:
R.sup.7(CR.sup.8OH).sub.n(CHR.sup.9).sub.mCOOH or
##STR00001##
wherein: R.sup.7, R.sup.8, and R.sup.9 are each independently H or
a (C1-C8)alkyl group (saturated straight, branched, or cyclic
group), a (C6-C12)aryl, or a (C6-C12)aralkyl or alkaryl group
(wherein the alkyl group is straight, branched, or cyclic), wherein
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 may be optionally substituted with one or more
carboxylic acid groups; m=0 or 1; n=1-3 (preferably, n=1-2); and
R.sup.21 is H, (C1-C4)alkyl or a halogen.
[0130] Exemplary beta-hydroxy acids include, but are not limited
to, salicylic acid, beta-hydroxybutanoic acid, tropic acid, and
trethocanic acid. In certain preferred embodiments, the
beta-hydroxy acids useful in the compositions of the present
invention are selected from the group consisting of salicylic acid,
beta-hydroxybutanoic acid, and mixtures thereof. Other suitable
beta-hydroxy acids are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,665,776
(Yu).
[0131] One or more beta-hydroxy acids may be used in the
compositions of the present invention at a suitable level to
produce the desired result. In a preferred embodiment, they are
present in a total amount of at least 0.1 wt-%, more preferably at
least 0.25 wt-%, and even more preferably at least 0.5 wt-%, based
on the total weight of the ready to use composition. In a preferred
embodiment, they are present in a total amount of no greater than
10 wt-%, more preferably no greater than 5 wt-%, and even more
preferably no greater than 3 wt-%, based on the total weight of the
ready to use composition. Higher concentrations may become
irritating.
[0132] The ratio of beta-hydroxy acid enhancer to total
antimicrobial lipid component is preferably at most 10:1, more
preferably at most 5:1, and even more preferably at most 1:1. The
ratio of beta-hydroxy acid enhancer to total antimicrobial lipid
component is preferably at least 1:20, more preferably at least
1:15, and even more preferably at least 1:10. Preferably the ratio
of beta-hydroxy acid enhancer to total antimicrobial lipid
component is within a range of 1:15 to 1:1.
[0133] In systems with low concentrations of water, or that are
essentially free of water, transesterification may be the principle
route of loss of the fatty acid monoester and alkoxylated
derivatives of these active ingredients and loss of carboxylic acid
containing enhancers may occur due to esterification. Thus, certain
alpha-hydroxy acids (AHA) and beta-hydroxy acids (BHA) are
particularly preferred since these are believed to be less likely
to transesterify the ester antimicrobial lipid or other ester by
reaction of the hydroxyl group of the AHA or BHA. For example,
salicylic acid may be particularly preferred in certain
formulations since the phenolic hydroxyl group is a much more
acidic alcohol and thus much less likely to react. Other
particularly preferred compounds in anhydrous or low-water content
formulations include lactic, mandelic, malic, citric, tartaric, and
glycolic acid. Benzoic acid and substituted benzoic acids that do
not include a hydroxyl group, while not hydroxyl acids, are also
preferred due to a reduced tendency to form ester groups.
[0134] Other Carboxylic Acids. Carboxylic acids other than alpha-
and beta-carboxylic acids are suitable for use in the enhancer
component. These include alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl
carboxylic acids typically having equal to or less than 12 carbon
atoms. A preferred class of these can be represented by the
following formula:
R.sup.10(CR.sup.11.sub.2).sub.nCOOH
wherein: R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 are each independently H or a
(C1-C4)alkyl group (which can be a straight, branched, or cyclic
group), a (C6-C12)aryl group, a (C6-C12) group containing both aryl
groups and alkyl groups (which can be a straight, branched, or
cyclic group), wherein R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 may be optionally
substituted with one or more carboxylic acid groups; and n=0-3,
preferably, n=0-2. Preferably, the carboxylic acid is a
(C1-C4)alkyl carboxylic acid, a (C6-C12)aralkyl carboxylic acid, or
a (C6-C12)alkaryl carboxylic acid. Exemplary acids include, but are
not limited to, acetic acid, propionic acid, benzoic acid, benzylic
acid, nonylbenzoic acid, and the like. Particularly preferred is
benzoic acid.
[0135] One or more carboxylic acids may be used in the compositions
of the present invention at a suitable level to produce the desired
result. In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total
amount of at least 0.1 wt-%, more preferably at least 0.25 wt-%,
even more preferably at least 0.5 wt-%, and most preferably at
least 1 wt-%, based on the ready to use concentration composition.
In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total amount of no
greater than 10 wt-%, more preferably no greater than 5 wt-%, and
even more preferably no greater than 3 wt-%, based on the ready to
use composition.
[0136] The ratio of the total concentration of carboxylic acids
(other than alpha- or beta-hydroxy acids) to the total
concentration of the antimicrobial lipid component is preferably
within a range of 10:1 to 1:100, and more preferably 2:1 to 1:10,
on a weight basis.
[0137] Chelators. A chelating agent (i.e., chelator) is typically
an organic compound capable of multiple coordination sites with a
metal ion in solution. Typically these chelating agents are
polyanionic compounds and coordinate best with polyvalent metal
ions. Exemplary chelating agents include, but are not limited to,
ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA) and salts thereof (e.g.,
EDTA(Na).sub.2, EDTA(Na).sub.4, EDTA(Ca), EDTA(K).sub.2), sodium
acid pyrophosphate, acidic sodium hexametaphosphate, adipic acid,
succinic acid, polyphosphoric acid, sodium acid pyrophosphate,
sodium hexametaphosphate, acidified sodium hexametaphosphate,
nitrilotris(methylenephosphonic acid),
diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, 1-hydroxyethylene,
1,1-diphosphonic acid, and
diethylenetriaminepenta-(methylenephosphonic acid). Certain
carboxylic acids, particularly the alpha-hydroxy acids and
beta-hydroxy acids, can also function as chelators, e.g., malic
acid and tartaric acid.
[0138] Also included as chelators are compounds highly specific for
binding ferrous and/or ferric ion such as siderophores, and iron
binding proteins. Iron binding protein include, for example,
lactoferrin, and transferrin. Siderophores include, for example,
enterochlin, enterobactin, vibriobactin, anguibactin, pyochelin,
pyoverdin, and aerobactin.
[0139] In certain preferred embodiments, the chelating agents
useful in the compositions of the present invention include those
selected from the group consisting of ethylenediaminetetraacetic
acid and salts thereof, succinic acid, and mixtures thereof.
Preferably, either the free acid or the mono- or di-salt form of
EDTA is used.
[0140] One or more chelating agents may be used in the compositions
of the present invention at a suitable level to produce the desired
result. In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total
amount of at least 0.01 wt-%, more preferably at least 0.05 wt-%,
even more preferably at least 0.1 wt-%, and even more preferably at
least 1 wt-%, based on the weight of the ready to use composition.
In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total amount of no
greater than 10 wt-%, more preferably no greater than 5 wt-%, and
even more preferably no greater than 1 wt-%, based on the weight of
the ready to use composition.
[0141] The ratio of the total concentration of chelating agents
(other than alpha- or beta-hydroxy acids) to the total
concentration of the antimicrobial lipid component is preferably
within a range of 10:1 to 1:100, and more preferably 1:1 to 1:10,
on a weight basis.
[0142] Phenolic Compounds. A phenolic compound enhancer is
typically a compound having the following general structure:
##STR00002##
wherein: m is 0 to 3 (especially 1 to 3), n is 1 to 3 (especially 1
to 2), each R.sup.12 independently is alkyl or alkenyl of up to 12
carbon atoms (especially up to 8 carbon atoms) optionally
substituted with O in or on the chain (e.g., as a carbonyl group)
or OH on the chain, and each R.sup.13 independently is H or alkyl
or alkenyl of up to 8 carbon atoms (especially up to 6 carbon
atoms) optionally substituted with O in or on the chain (e.g., as a
carbonyl group) or OH on the chain, but where R.sup.13 is H, n
preferably is 1 or 2.
[0143] Examples of phenolic enhancers include, but are not limited
to, butylated hydroxy anisole, e.g.,
3(2)-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenol (BHA),
2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol (BHT),
3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphenol, 2,6-di-tert-4-hexylphenol,
2,6-di-tert-4-octylphenol, 2,6-di-tert-4-decylphenol,
2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol, 2,6-di-tert-4-butylphenol,
2,5-di-tert-butylphenol, 3,5-di-tert-butylphenol,
4,6-di-tert-butyl-resorcinol, methyl paraben (4-hydroxybenzoic acid
methyl ester), ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, butyl paraben,
2-phenoxyethanol, as well as combinations thereof. A preferred
group of the phenolic compounds is the phenol species having the
general structure shown above where R.sup.13.dbd.H and where
R.sup.12 is alkyl or alkenyl of up to 8 carbon atoms, and n is 0,
1, 2, or 3, especially where at least one R.sup.12 is butyl and
particularly tert-butyl, and especially the non-toxic members
thereof. Some of the preferred phenolic synergists are BHA, BHT,
methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, and butyl paraben as
well as combinations of these.
[0144] One or more phenolic compounds may be used in the
compositions of the present invention at a suitable level to
produce the desired result. The concentrations of the phenolic
compounds in medical-grade compositions may vary widely, but as
little as 0.001 wt-%, based on the total weight of the composition,
can be effective when the above-described esters are present within
the above-noted ranges. In a preferred embodiment, they are present
in a total amount of at least 0.01 wt-%, more preferably at least
0.10 wt-%, and even more preferably at least 0.25 wt-%, based on
the ready to use composition. In a preferred embodiment, they are
present in a total amount of no greater than 8 wt-%, more
preferably no greater than 4 wt-%, and even more preferably no
greater than 2 wt-%, based on the ready to use composition.
[0145] It is preferred that the ratio of the total phenolic
concentration to the total concentration of the antimicrobial lipid
component be within a range of 10:1 to 1:300, and more preferably
within a range of 1:1 to 1:10, on a weight basis.
[0146] The above-noted concentrations of the phenolics are normally
observed unless concentrated formulations for subsequent dilution
are intended. On the other hand, the minimum concentration of the
phenolics and the antimicrobial lipid components to provide an
antimicrobial effect will vary with the particular application.
[0147] Monohydroxy Alcohols. An additional enhancer is a
monohydroxy alcohol having 1-10 carbon atoms. This includes the
lower (i.e., C1-C4) monohydroxy alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol,
isopropanol, and butanol) as well as longer chain (i.e., C5-C10)
monohydroxy alcohols (e.g., iosbutanol, t-butanol, octanol, and
decanol). In certain preferred embodiments, the alcohols useful in
the compositions of the present invention are selected from the
group consisting of methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, and
mixtures thereof.
[0148] One or more alcohols may be used in the compositions of the
present invention at a suitable level to produce the desired
result. In a preferred embodiment, the short chain (i.e., C1-C4)
alcohols are present in a total amount of at least 10 wt-%, even
more preferably at least 15 wt-%, even more preferably at least 20
wt-%, and even more preferably at least 25 wt-%, based on the total
weight of the ready to use composition.
[0149] In a preferred embodiment, the (C1-C4)alcohols are present
in a total amount of no greater than 90 wt-%, more preferably no
greater than 70 wt-%, even more preferably no greater than 60 wt-%,
and even more preferably no greater than 50 wt-%, based on the
total weight of the ready to use composition.
[0150] For certain applications, lower alcohols may not be
preferred due to the strong odor and potential for stinging and
irritation. This can occur especially at higher levels. In
applications where stinging or burning is a concern, the
concentration of (C1-C4)alcohols is preferably less than 20 wt-%,
more preferably less than 15 wt-%.
[0151] In another preferred embodiment longer chain (i.e.,
C5-C10)alcohols are present in a total amount of at least 0.1 wt-%,
more preferably at least 0.25 wt-%, and even more preferably at
least 0.5 wt-%, and most preferably at least 1.0%, based on the
ready to use composition. In a preferred embodiment, the
(C6-C10)alcohols are present in a total amount of no greater than
10 wt-%, more preferably no greater than 5 wt-%, and even more
preferably no greater than 2 wt-%, based on the total weight of the
ready to use composition.
[0152] Ether glycols. An additional enhancer is an ether glycol.
Exemplary ether glycols include those of the formula:
R'--O--(CH.sub.2CHR''O).sub.n(CH.sub.2CHR''O)H
wherein R' .dbd.H, a (C1-C8)alkyl, or a (C6-C12)aralkyl or alkaryl;
and each R'' is independently=H, methyl, or ethyl; and n=0-5,
preferably 1-3. Examples include 2-phenoxyethanol, dipropylene
glycol, triethylene glycol, the line of products available under
the trade designation DOWANOL DB (di(ethylene glycol) butyl ether),
DOWANOL DPM (di(propylene glycol)monomethyl ether), and DOWANOL
TPnB (tri(propylene glycol) monobutyl ether), as well as many
others available from Dow Chemical, Midland Mich.
[0153] One or more ether glycols may be used in the compositions of
the present invention at a suitable level to produce the desired
result. In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total
amount of at least 0.01 wt-%, based on the total weight of the
ready to use composition. In a preferred embodiment, they are
present in a total amount of no greater than 20 wt-%, based on the
total weight of the ready to use composition.
Surfactants
[0154] Compositions of the present invention can include one or
more surfactants to emulsify the composition and to help wet the
surface and/or to aid in contacting the microorganisms. As used
herein the term "surfactant" means an amphiphile (a molecule
possessing both polar and nonpolar regions which are covalently
bound) capable of reducing the surface tension of water and/or the
interfacial tension between water and an immiscible liquid. The
term is meant to include soaps, detergents, emulsifiers, surface
active agents, and the like. The surfactant can be cationic,
anionic, nonionic, or amphoteric. This includes a wide variety of
conventional surfactants; however, certain ethoxylated surfactants
can reduce or eliminate the antimicrobial efficacy of the
antimicrobial lipid component.
[0155] The exact mechanism of this is not known and not all
ethoxylated surfactants display this negative effect. For example,
poloxamer (polyethylene oxide/polypropylene oxide) surfactants have
been shown to be compatible with the antimicrobial lipid component,
but ethoxylated sorbitan fatty acid esters such as those sold under
the trade name TWEEN by ICI have not been compatible. It should be
noted that these are broad generalizations and the activity could
be formulation dependent. One skilled in the art can easily
determine compatibility of a surfactant by making the formulation
and testing for antimicrobial activity as described in the Examples
Section. Combinations of various surfactants can be used if
desired.
[0156] It should be noted that certain antimicrobial lipds are
amphiphiles and may be surface active. For example, certain
antimicrobial alkyl monoglycerides described herein are surface
active. For certain embodiments of the invention, the antimicrobial
lipid component is considered distinct from a "surfactant"
component.
[0157] Preferred surfactants are those that have an HLB (i.e.,
hydrophile to lipophile balance) of at least 4 and more preferably
at least 8. Even more preferred surfactants have an HLB of at least
12. Most preferred surfactants have an HLB of at least 15.
[0158] Examples of the various classes of surfactants are described
below. In certain preferred embodiments, the surfactants useful in
the compositions of the present invention are selected from the
group consisting of sulfonates, sulfates, phosphonates, phosphates,
poloxamer (polyethylene oxide/polypropylene oxide block
copolymers), cationic surfactants, and mixtures thereof. In certain
more preferred embodiments, the surfactants useful in the
compositions of the present invention are selected from the group
consisting of sulfonates, sulfates, phosphates, and mixtures
thereof.
[0159] One or more surfactants may be used in the compositions of
the present invention at a suitable level to produce the desired
result. In a preferred embodiment, they are present in a total
amount of at least 0.1 wt-%, more preferably at least 0.5 wt-%, and
even more preferably at least 1.0 wt-%, based on the total weight
of the ready to use composition. Many of the compositions of the
present invention are intended to be left on tissue for the desired
indication, e.g., decolonizing nasal tissue or treating impetigo.
Therefore, in order to avoid irritation in a preferred embodiment,
they are present in a total amount of no greater than 10 wt-%, more
preferably no greater than 5 wt-%, even more preferably no greater
than 3 wt-%, and even more preferably no greater than 2 wt-%, based
on the total weight of the ready to use composition. The ratio of
the total concentration of surfactant to the total concentration of
the antimicrobial lipid component is preferably within a range of
5:1 to 1:100, more preferably 3:1 to 1:10, and most preferably 2:1
to 1:3, on a weight basis.
[0160] Cationic Surfactants. Exemplary cationic surfactants
include, but are not limited to, salts of optionally
polyoxyalkylenated primary, secondary, or tertiary fatty amines;
quaternary ammonium salts such as tetraalkylammonium,
alkylamidoalkyltrialkylammonium, trialkylbenzylammonium,
trialkylhydroxyalkylammonium, or alkylpyridinium halides
(preferably chlorides or bromides) as well as other anionic
counterions, such as but not limited to, alkyl sulfates, such as
but not limited to, methosulfate and ethosulfate; imidazoline
derivatives; amine oxides of a cationic nature (e.g., at an acidic
pH).
[0161] In certain preferred embodiments, the cationic surfactants
useful in the compositions of the present invention are selected
from the group consisting of tetralkyl ammonium,
trialkylbenzylammonium, and alkylpyridinium halides as well as
other anionic counterions, such as but not limited to, C1-C4 alkyl
sulfates, such as but not limited to, methosulfate and ethosulfate,
and mixtures thereof.
[0162] Also particularly preferred are amine oxide surfactants
including alkyl and alkylamidoalkyldialkylamine oxides of the
following formula:
(R.sup.14).sub.3--N.fwdarw.O
wherein R.sup.14 is a (C1-C30)alkyl group (preferably a
(C1-C14)alkyl group) or a (C6-C18)aralklyl or alkaryl group,
wherein any of these groups can be optionally substituted in or on
the chain by N-, O-, or S-containing groups such as amide, ester,
hydroxyl, and the like. Each R.sup.14 may be the same or different
provided at least one R.sup.14 group includes at least eight
carbons. Optionally, the R.sup.14 groups can be joined to form a
heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen to form surfactants such as
amine oxides of alkyl morpholine, alkyl piperazine, and the like.
Preferably two R.sup.14 groups are methyl and one R.sup.14 group is
a (C12-C16)alkyl or alkylamidopropyl group. Examples of amine oxide
surfactants include those commercially available under the trade
designations AMMONYX LO, LMDO, and CO, which are
lauryldimethylamine oxide, laurylamidopropyldimethylamine oxide,
and cetyl amine oxide, all from Stepan Company.
[0163] Anionic Surfactants. Exemplary anionic surfactants include,
but are not limited to, sarcosinates, glutamates, alkyl sulfates,
sodium or potassium alkyleth sulfates, ammonium alkyleth sulfates,
ammonium laureth-n-sulfates, laureth-n-sulfates, isethionates,
glycerylether sulfonates, sulfosuccinates, alkylglyceryl ether
sulfonates, alkyl phosphates, aralkyl phosphates,
alkylphosphonates, and aralkylphosphonates.
[0164] These anionic surfactants may have a metal or organic
ammonium counterion. In certain preferred embodiments, the anionic
surfactants useful in the compositions of the present invention are
selected from the group consisting of:
[0165] 1. Sulfonates and Sulfates.
[0166] Suitable anionic surfactants include sulfonates and sulfates
such as alkyl sulfates, alkylether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates,
alkylether sulfonates, alkylbenzene sufonates, alkylbenzene ether
sulfates, alkylsulfoacetates, secondary alkane sulfonates,
secondary alkylsulfates, and the like. Many of these can be
represented by the formulas:
R.sup.14--(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.n(OCH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2).sub.p--(Ph).s-
ub.a-(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.m--(O).sub.b--SO.sub.3.sup.-M.sup.+
and
R.sup.14--CH[SO.sub.3-M.sup.+]--R.sup.15
wherein: a and b=0 or 1; n, p, and m=0-100 (preferably 0-20, and
more preferably 0-10); R.sup.14 is defined as above provided at
least one R.sup.14 or R.sup.15 is at least C8; R.sup.15 is a
(C1-C12)alkyl group (saturated straight, branched, or cyclic group)
that may be optionally substituted by N, O, or S atoms or hydroxyl,
carboxyl, amide, or amine groups; Ph=phenyl; and M is a cationic
counterion such as H, Na, K, Li, ammonium, or a protonated tertiary
amine such as triethanolamine or a quaternary ammonium group.
[0167] In the formula above, the ethylene oxide groups (i.e., the
"n" and "m" groups) and propylene oxide groups (i.e., the "p"
groups) can occur in reverse order as well as in a random,
sequential, or block arrangement. Preferably for this class,
R.sup.14 includes an alkylamide group such as
R.sup.16--C(O)N(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2CH.sub.2-- as well as ester groups
such as --OC(O)--CH.sub.2-- wherein R.sup.16 is a (C8-C22)alkyl
group (branched, straight, or cyclic group). Examples include, but
are not limited to: alkyl ether sulfonates such as lauryl ether
sulfates such as POLYSTEP B12 (n=3-4, M=sodium) and B22 (n=12,
M=ammonium) available from Stepan Company, Northfield, Ill. and
sodium methyl taurate (available under the trade designation NIKKOL
CMT30 from Nikko Chemicals Co., Tokyo, Japan); secondary alkane
sulfonates such as Hostapur SAS which is a Sodium
(C14-C17)secondary alkane sulfonates (alpha-olefin sulfonates)
available from Clariant Corp., Charlotte, N.C.; methyl-2-sulfoalkyl
esters such as sodium methyl-2-sulfo(C12-16)ester and disodium
2-sulfo(C12-C16)fatty acid available from Stepan Company under the
trade designation ALPHASTEP PC-48; alkylsulfoacetates and
alkylsulfosuccinates available as sodium laurylsulfoacetate (under
the trade designation LANTHANOL LAL) and
disodiumlaurethsulfosuccinate (STEPANMILD SL3), both from Stepan
Company; alkylsulfates such as ammoniumlauryl sulfate commercially
available under the trade designation STEPANOL AM from Stepan
Company; dialkylsulfosuccinates such as dioctylsodiumsulfosuccinate
available as Aerosol OT from Cytec Industries.
[0168] 2. Phosphates and Phosphonates.
[0169] Suitable anionic surfactants also include phosphates such as
alkyl phosphates, alkylether phosphates, aralkylphosphates, and
aralkylether phosphates. Many may be represented by the
formula:
[R.sup.14--(Ph).sub.a-O(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.n(CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.3)O).-
sub.p].sub.q--P(O)[O.sup.-M.sup.+].sub.r
wherein: Ph, R.sup.14, a, n, p, and M are defined above; r is 0-2;
and q=1-3; with the proviso that when q=1, r=2, and when q=2, r=1,
and when q=3, r=0. As above, the ethylene oxide groups (i.e., the
"n" groups) and propylene oxide groups (i.e., the "p" groups) can
occur in reverse order as well as in a random, sequential, or block
arrangement. Examples include a mixture of mono-, di- and
tri-(alkyltetraglycolether)-o-phosphoric acid esters generally
referred to as trilaureth-4-phosphate commercially available under
the trade designation HOSTAPHAT 340KL from Clariant Corp., as well
as PPG-5 ceteth 10 phosphate available under the trade designation
CRODAPHOS SG from Croda Inc., Parsipanny, N.J., and mixtures
thereof.
[0170] Amphoteric Surfactants. Surfactants of the amphoteric type
include surfactants having tertiary amine groups, which may be
protonated, as well as quaternary amine containing zwitterionic
surfactants. Those that have been particularly useful include:
[0171] 1. Ammonium Carboxylate Amphoterics.
[0172] This class of surfactants can be represented by the
following formula:
R.sup.17--(C(O)--NH).sub.a--R.sup.18--N.sup.+(R.sup.19).sub.2--R.sup.20--
-COO.sub.-
wherein: a=0 or 1; R.sup.17 is a (C7-C21)alkyl group (saturated
straight, branched, or cyclic group), a (C6-C22)aryl group, or a
(C6-C22)aralkyl or alkaryl group (saturated straight, branched, or
cyclic alkyl group), wherein R.sup.17 may be optionally substituted
with one or more N, O, or S atoms, or one or more hydroxyl,
carboxyl, amide, or amine groups; R.sup.19 is H or a (C1-C8)alkyl
group (saturated straight, branched, or cyclic group), wherein
R.sup.19 may be optionally substituted with one or more N, O, or S
atoms, or one or more hydroxyl, carboxyl, amine groups, a
(C6-C9)aryl group, or a (C6-C9)aralkyl or alkaryl group; and
R.sup.18 and R.sup.20 are each independently a (C1-C10)alkylene
group that may be the same or different and may be optionally
substituted with one or more N, O, or S atoms, or one or more
hydroxyl or amine groups.
[0173] More preferably, in the formula above, R.sup.17 is a
(C1-C18)alkyl group, R.sup.19 is a (C1-C2)alkyl group preferably
substituted with a methyl or benzyl group and most preferably with
a methyl group. When R.sup.19 is H it is understood that the
surfactant at higher pH values could exist as a tertiary amine with
a cationic counterion such as Na, K, Li, or a quaternary amine
group.
[0174] Examples of such amphoteric surfactants include, but are not
limited to: certain betaines such as cocobetaine and cocamidopropyl
betaine (commercially available under the trade designations MACKAM
CB-35 and MACKAM L from McIntyre Group Ltd., University Park,
Ill.); monoacetates such as sodium lauroamphoacetate; diacetates
such as disodium lauroamphoacetate; amino- and
alkylamino-propionates such as lauraminopropionic acid
(commercially available under the trade designations MACKAM 1 L,
MACKAM 2 L, and MACKAM 151 L, respectively, from McIntyre Group
Ltd.).
[0175] 2. Ammonium Sulfonate Amphoterics.
[0176] This class of amphoteric surfactants are often referred to
as "sultaines" or "sulfobetaines" and can be represented by the
following formula
R.sup.17--(C(O)--NH).sub.a--R.sup.18--N.sup.+(R.sup.19).sub.2--R.sup.20--
-SO.sub.3.sup.-
wherein R.sup.17-R.sup.20 and "a" are defined above. Examples
include cocamidopropylhydroxysultaine (commercially available as
MACKAM 50-SB from McIntyre Group Ltd.). The sulfoamphoterics may be
preferred over the carboxylate amphoterics since the sulfonate
group will remain ionized at much lower pH values.
[0177] Nonionic Surfactants. Exemplary nonionic surfactants
include, but are not limited to, alkyl glucosides, alkyl
polyglucosides, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, sucrose esters,
esters of fatty acids and polyhydric alcohols, fatty acid
alkanolamides, ethoxylated fatty acids, ethoxylated aliphatic
acids, ethoxylated fatty alcohols (e.g., octyl phenoxy
polyethoxyethanol available under the trade name TRITON X-100 and
nonyl phenoxy poly(ethyleneoxy) ethanol available under the trade
name NONIDET P-40, both from Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), ethoxylated
and/or propoxylated aliphatic alcohols (e.g., that available under
the trade name BRIJ from ICI, Wilmington, Del.), ethoxylated
glycerides, ethoxylated/propoxylated block copolymers such as
PLURONIC and TETRONIC surfactants available from BASF, ethoxylated
cyclic ether adducts, ethoxylated amide and imidazoline adducts,
ethoxylated amine adducts, ethoxylated mercaptan adducts,
ethoxylated condensates with alkyl phenols, ethoxylated
nitrogen-based hydrophobes, ethoxylated polyoxypropylenes,
polymeric silicones, fluorinated surfactants (e.g., those available
under the trade names FLUORAD-FS 300 from Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Co., St. Paul, Minn., and ZONYL from Dupont de
Nemours Co., Wilmington, Del.), and polymerizable (reactive)
surfactants (e.g., SAM 211 (alkylene polyalkoxy sulfate) surfactant
available under the trade name MAZON from PPG Industries, Inc.,
Pittsburgh, Pa.). In certain preferred embodiments, the nonionic
surfactants useful in the compositions of the present invention are
selected from the group consisting of Poloxamers such as PLURONIC
from BASF, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and mixtures thereof.
Hydrophilic Component
[0178] Compositions of the present invention can include a
hydrophilic or water-soluble component to help solubilize and/or
physically stabilize the enhancer component in the composition
and/or to enhance the antimicrobial efficacy and/or the speed of
antmicrobial efficacy. Incorporation of a sufficient amount of
hydrophilic component in hydrophobic ointments can increase the
antimicrobial activity both in terms of speed of kill and extent of
kill. While not intended to be bound by theory, the incorporation
of the hydrophilic component may allow more of the antimicrobial
lipid component to be available at the surface or to more rapidly
diffuse to the surface of the ointment during use.
[0179] In general, the ratio of total hydrophilic component to
total hydrophobic component (water insoluble ingredients) is at
least 5:95 weight ratio (wt/wt), preferably at least 10:90 wt/wt,
more preferably at least 15:85 wt/wt, and even more preferably at
least 20:80 wt/wt. Levels as high as 30:70, 40:60, and 50:50 wt/wt
of total hydrophilic component to total hydrophobic component
(water insoluble ingredients) or higher may be appropriate for
certain compositions.
[0180] Certain compositions may be solutions, emulsions (one
liquid/gel/paste dispersed in another liquid/gel/paste),
dispersions (solid in liquid/paste/gel), or combinations
thereof.
[0181] A hydrophilic material is typically a compound that has a
solubility in water of at least 7 wt-%, preferably at least 10
wt-%, more preferably at least 20 wt-%, even more preferably at
least 25 wt-%, and even more preferably at least 40 wt-%, at
23.degree. C. Most preferably, a hydrophilic component is
infinitely miscible with water at 23.degree. C.
[0182] Exemplary hydrophilic components include, but are not
limited to, water, polyhydric alcohols, lower alkyl ethers (i.e.,
having a sufficiently small number of carbon atoms to meet the
solubility limit above), N-methylpyrrolidone, alkyl esters (i.e.,
having a sufficiently small number of carbon atoms to meet the
solubility limit above), and the lower monohydroxy alcohols
discussed above as enhancers, as well as combinations thereof.
Thus, a lower monohydroxy alcohol can function as both a
hydrophilic compound and an enhancer. Preferably, the hydrophilic
components include polyhydric alcohols, lower alkyl ethers, and
short chain esters. More preferably, the hydrophilic components
include polyhydric alcohols.
[0183] Suitable polyhydric alcohols (i.e., organic compounds having
more than one hydroxyl group) have a molecular weight of less than
500, preferably less than 400, and more preferably less than 200.
Examples of polyhydric alcohols include, but are not limited to,
glycerol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene
glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, diethylene
glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane,
trimethylolbutane, sorbitol, mannitol, xylitol, pantothenol,
ethylene glycol adducts of polyhydric alcohol, propylene oxide
adducts of polyhydric alcohol, 1,3-butanediol, dipropylene glycol,
diglycerine, polyglycerine, erythritol, sorbitan, sugars (e.g.,
sucrose, glucose, fructose, mannose, xylose, saccharose,
trehalose), sugar alcohols, and the like. Certain preferred
polyhydric alcohols include glycols (i.e., those containing two
hydroxyl groups) including glycerin and propylene glycol. Certain
other preferred polyhydric alcohols include sucrose, xylitol,
mannitol, and sorbitol.
[0184] Ethers include materials such as dimethylisosorbide,
polyethylene glycol and methoxypolyethylene glycols, block and
random copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, and
laureth-4. Alkyl esters include triacetin, methyl acetate, methyl
lactate, ethyl lactate esters, esters of polyethoxylated glycols,
and combinations thereof.
[0185] In certain preferred embodiments, the hydrophilic components
useful in the compositions of the present invention include those
selected from the group consisting of glycols, and in particular
glycerin and propylene glycol, and mixtures thereof. Most
preferably, the hydrophilic component is selected to match the
polyhydric alcohol portion of any fatty acid monoester of a
polyhydric alcohol antimicrobial present. For example, if the
antimicrobial agent was glycerolmonolaurate (monolaurin) the most
preferred hydrophilic component is glycerin. In this manner, any
transesterification reaction that may occur with the carrier
solvent does not produce an undesirable by-product. If there are
other components in the composition that may esterify with
hydroxylfunctional hydrophilic components, conditions are selected
to minimize this occurrence. For example, the components are not
heated together for extended periods of time, and/or the pH is
close to neutral if possible, etc.
[0186] One or more hydrophilic materials may be used in the
compositions of the present invention at a suitable level to
produce the desired result. In certain preferred embodiments that
also include the hydrophobic component as the primary component
(i.e., the component used in the greatest amount and referred to as
a "vehicle"), the hydrophilic component is present in a total
amount of at least 0.1%, preferably at least 1 wt-%, more
preferably at least 4 wt-%, and even more preferably at least 8
wt-%, based on the weight of the ready to use composition. In
certain embodiments, for example, when faster rate of kill is
desired, higher levels of hydrophilic component may be employed. In
these cases the hydrophilic component is present in a total amount
of at least 10 wt-%, more preferably at least 20 wt-%, and even
more preferably at least 25 wt-%.
[0187] In a preferred embodiment, the hydrophilic component is
present in a total amount of no greater than 70 wt-%, preferably no
greater than 60 wt-%, more preferably no greater than 40 wt-%, even
more preferably no greater than 30 wt-%, based on the ready to use
composition. When the hydrophilic component is present in the
greatest amount it is referred to as a "vehicle."
[0188] For certain applications, it may be desirable to formulate
the antimicrobial lipid in compositions including a hydrophilic
component vehicle that is thickened with soluble, swellable, or
insoluble (e.g. insoluble) organic polymeric thickeners or
inorganic thickeners such as silica, fumed silica, precipitated
silica, silica aerogel and carbon black, and the like; other
particle fillers such as calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate,
kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum silicate, diatomaceous
earth, ferric oxide and zinc oxide, clays, and the like; ceramic
microspheres or glass microbubbles; ceramic microspheres suc as
those available under the tradenames "ZEOSPHERES" or "Z-LIGHT" from
3M Company, St. Paul, Minn. The above fillers can be used alone or
in combination.
[0189] If water is used in certain embodiments, it is preferably
present in an amount of less than 20%, preferably less than 10
wt-%, more preferably less than 5 wt-%, and even more preferably
less than 2 wt-%, based on the ready to use composition. This helps
the chemical stability of the compositions and may reduce
irritation. For certain other embodiments, water can be used in a
much greater amount, and can even be the primary component, as long
as the composition is highly viscous. Preferably, such highly
viscous compositions have a viscosity of at least 500 centipoise
(cps), more preferably at least 1,000 cps, even more preferably at
least 10,000 cps, even more preferably at least 20,000 cps, even
more preferably at least 50,000 cps, even more preferably at least
75,000 cps, even more preferably at least 100,000 cps, and even
more preferably at least 250,000 cps (and even as high as 500,000
cps, 1,000,000 cps, or more). The viscosity can be measured as
described below in the Viscosity Test. Most preferred compositions
meet these viscosity values even after heating to 32.degree. C. or
even 35.degree. C. or as high as 37.degree. C. to ensure when in
contact with mammalian tissue the compositions remain
substantive.
[0190] In some embodiments of the present invention, the
compositions have a viscosity of at least 20 cps, preferably at
least 100 cps, when measured by the Viscosity Test described
herein. Higher viscosities are preferred to reduce migration as
well as to provide substantivity (resistance to removal by fluids)
to ensure long-term antimicrobial activity.
Hydrophobic Component
[0191] Certain preferred compositions of the present invention also
include one or more hydrophobic materials. In certain embodiments,
the hydrophobic component can be the same as the antimicrobial
lipid component. A hydrophobic material is typically an organic
compound, which at 23.degree. C. is a liquid, gelatinous, semisolid
or solid and has a solubility in water of less than 5% by weight,
preferably less than 1% by weight, more preferably less than 0.5%
by weight, and even more preferably less than 0.1% by weight. These
materials include compounds typically considered emollients in the
cosmetic art.
[0192] Examples of general emollients include, but are not limited
to, short chain (i.e., C1-C6) alkyl or (C6-C12)aryl esters of long
(i.e., C8-C36) straight or branched chain alkyl or alkenyl alcohols
or acids and polyethoxylated derivatives of the alcohols; short
chain (i.e., C1-C6) alkyl or (C6-C12)aryl esters of (C4-C12)diacids
or (C4-C12)diols optionally substituted in available positions by
--OH; (C2-C18)alkyl or (C6-C12)aryl esters of glycerol,
pentaerythritol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, as well as
polyethoxylated derivatives of these; (C12-C22)alkyl esters or
(C12-C22)ethers of polypropylene glycol; (C12-C22)alkyl esters or
(C12-C22)ethers of polypropylene glycol/polyethylene glycol
copolymer; and polyether polysiloxane copolymers. Additional
examples of hydrophobic components include cyclic dimethicones,
including volatile cyclic silicones such as D3 and D4,
polydialkylsiloxanes, polyaryl/alkylsiloxanes, silicone copolyols,
long chain (i.e., C8-C36) alkyl and alkenyl esters of long (i.e.,
C8-C18) straight or branched chain alkyl or alkenyl alcohols or
acids, long chain (i.e., C8-C36) alkyl and alkenyl amides of long
straight or branched chain (i.e., C8-C36) alkyl or alkenyl amines
or acids; hydrocarbons including straight and branched chain
alkanes and alkenes such as isoparafins (e.g., isooctane,
isododecane, isooctadecane, etc.), squalene, and mineral oil,
polysiloxane polyalkylene copolymers, dialkoxy dimethyl
polysiloxanes; (C12-C22)alkyl and (C12-C22)alkenyl alcohols, and
petroleum derived alkanes such as isoparafins, petrolatum,
petrolatum USP, as well as refined natural oils (especially NF or
USP grades) such as olive oil NF, cotton seed oil, peanut oil, corn
oil, seasame oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, and the like, and
blends thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, the hydrophobic
components useful in the compositions of the present invention
include those selected from the group consisting of petrolatum USP
and short chain (i.e., C1-C6) alkyl or (C6-C12)aryl esters of long
(i.e., C8-C36) straight or branched chain alkyl or alkenyl alcohols
or acids and polyethoxylated derivatives of the alcohols; short
chain (i.e., C1-C6) alkyl or (C6-C12)aryl esters of (C4-C12)diacids
or (C4-C12)diols optionally substituted in available positions by
--OH (such as diisopropyladipate, diisopropylsebacate);
(C1-C9)alkyl or (C6-C12)aryl esters of glycerol, pentaerythritol,
ethylene glycol, propylene glycol (such as glyceryl
tricaprylate/caprate); and mixtures thereof. For certain
particularly preferred embodiments, the hydrophobic component is
petrolatum.
[0193] One or more hydrophobic materials may be used in the
compositions of the present invention at a suitable level to
produce the desired result. In a preferred embodiment (in which the
compositions include very little or no water), the hydrophobic
component is present in a total amount of at least 50 wt-%, more
preferably at least 70 wt-%, and even more preferably at least 80
wt-%, based on the ready to use composition. In a preferred
embodiment, the hydrophobic component is present in a total amount
of no greater than 99 wt-%, more preferably no greater than 95
wt-%, and even more preferably no greater than 92 wt-%, based on
the ready to use composition. When the hydrophobic component is
present in the greatest amount it is referred to as a "vehicle." In
those formulations where the hydrophobic component(s) and the
hydrophilic component(s) are present at the same concentrations,
the continuous phase is considered the "vehicle."
Optional Additives
[0194] Compositions of the present invention may additionally
employ adjunct components conventionally found in pharmaceutical
compositions in their art-established fashion and at their
art-established levels. Thus, for example, the compositions may
contain additional compatible pharmaceutically active materials for
combination therapy (such as supplementary antimicrobials,
anti-parasitic agents, antipruritics, astringents, local
anaesthetics, steroids, non-steroidal anti-imflammatory agents, or
other anti-inflammatory agents), or may contain materials useful in
physically formulating various dosage forms of the present
invention, such as excipients, dyes, perfumes, lubricants,
thickening agents, stabilizers, skin penetration enhancers,
preservatives, or antioxidants.
[0195] It will be appreciated by the skilled artisan that the
levels or ranges selected for the required or optional components
described herein will depend upon whether one is formulating a
composition for direct use, or a concentrate for dilution prior to
use, as well as the specific component selected, the ultimate
end-use of the composition, and other factors well known to the
skilled artisan.
[0196] It will also be appreciated that additional antiseptics,
disinfectants, or antibiotics may be included and are contemplated.
These include, for example, addition of metals such as silver,
copper, zinc; iodine and iodophors; chlorhexidine and its various
salts such as chlorhexidine digluconate;
polyhexamethylenebiguanide, parachlorometaxylenol, triclosan,
antimicrobial quatemarly amines including polymeric quaternary
amines, "azole" antifungal agents including clortrimazole,
miconazole, econazole, ketoconazole, and salts thereof; and the
like. Antibiotics such as neomycin sulfate, bacitracin, mupirocin,
polymyxin, rifampin, tetracycline, and the like, also may be
included. Preferred compositions, however, are free of antibiotics
due to the chance of resistance formation.
Formulations and Methods of Preparation
[0197] Many of the compositions of the present invention have
exceptional broad spectrum antimicrobial activity and thus are
generally not terminally sterilized but if necessary may be
sterilized by a variety of industry standard techniques. For
example, it may be preferred to sterilize the compositions in their
final packaged form using electron beam. It may also be possible to
sterilize the sample by gamma radiation or heat. Other forms of
sterilization may be acceptable. It may also be suitable to include
preservatives in the formulation to prevent growth of certain
organisms. Suitable preservatives include industry standard
compounds such as Parabens (methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl,
isobutyl, etc), 2 bromo-2 nitro-1,3 diol; 5 bromo-5-nitro-1,3
dioxane, chlorbutanol, diazolidinyl urea; iodopropylnyl
butylcarbamate, phenoxyethanol, halogenated cresols,
methylchloroisothiazolinone and the like, as well as combinations
of these compounds.
[0198] The compositions of the present invention preferably adhere
well to mammalian tissues (particularly, skin, mucosal tissue, and
wounds), in order to deliver the antimicrobial to the intended site
over a prolonged period even in the presence of perspiration,
drainage (e.g., mucosal secretions), or mild lavage. The
compositions are typically non-aqueous, although high viscosity
compositions can include a large amount of water. The component in
the greatest amount (i.e., the vehicle) in the formulations of the
invention may be any conventional vehicle commonly used for topical
treatment of human or animal skin. The formulations are typically
selected from one of the following three types: (1) anhydrous or
nearly anhydrous formulations with a hydrophobic vehicle (i.e., the
hydrophobic component, which can include one or more hydrophobic
compounds, is present in the greatest amount); (2) anhydrous or
nearly anhydrous formulations with a hydrophilic vehicle (i.e., the
hydrophilic component, which can include one or more hydrophilic
compounds, is present in the greatest amount); and (3) highly
viscous water-based formulations. These are discussed below.
[0199] (1) Anhydrous or Nearly Anhydrous Formulations with a
Hydrophobic Vehicle. In certain preferred embodiments of the
present invention, the compositions include an antimicrobial lipid
component in a hydrophobic vehicle in combination with
surfactant(s), an enhancer component, and a small amount of a
hydrophilic component. In most instances the enhancers are not
soluble in the hydrophobic component at room temperature although
they may be at elevated temperatures. The hydrophilic component is
generally present in a sufficient amount to stabilize (preferably
to solubilize) the enhancer(s) in the composition. For example,
when formulating with organic acid enhancers or certain solid
surfactants in petrolatum many enhancers and surfactants will
dissolve into the petrolatum at temperatures above 85.degree. C.;
however, upon cooling, the enhancer and/or surfactant crystals or
precipitates back out of solution making it difficult to produce a
uniform formulation. If at least 0.1%, and preferably at least
1.0%, more preferably at least 5%, and most preferably at least 10
wt-%, of a hydrophilic compound (e.g., a glycol) is added, a stable
formulation can be obtained. It is believed that these formulations
produce an emulsion in which the enhancer and/or surfactant is
dissolved, emulsified, or dispersed in the hydrophilic component
which is emulsified into the hydrophobic component(s). These
compositions are stable upon cooling and centrifuging.
[0200] The hydrophilic component also helps to stabilize many of
the surfactants used in preferred formulations. For example,
dioctylsulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) dissolves in glycerin at
elevated temperatures and helps keep the DOSS physically stable in
the composition. Furthermore, it is believed that incorporation of
the hydrophilic component in the formulation improves the
antimicrobial activity. The mechanism for this is unknown; however,
it may speed the release of the enhancer component and/or the
antimicrobial lipid component.
[0201] The water content of these formulations is preferably less
than 20%, preferably less than 10 wt-%, more preferably less than 5
wt-%, and even more preferably less than 2 wt-%, in order to
minimize hydrolysis of any ester based antimicrobial lipid
present.
[0202] Furthermore, it has been found that it is particularly
desirable where the antimicrobial lipid component includes an ester
to use either glycerin or propylene glycol in the hydrophilic
component. It is most preferred to use a hydrophilic compound that
is identical to the glycol portion of the antimicrobial lipid,
e.g., propylene glycol with the propylene glycol esters and
glycerin with the glycerin esters. In this manner,
transesterification of the antimicrobial lipid ester with the
hydrophilic compound will not result in additional chemical species
present. In fact, there is some evidence to show that use of
glycerolmonolaurate, which is 95% pure, when formulated with
glycerin as a hydrophilic compound results in formation of
additional glycerol monolaurate due to transesterification of the
diester with the glycerin to produce two moles of the monoester.
For this reason, it may be possible to initially formulate with
lower grade glycerin ester that contains considerable levels of
diester present, as long as it transesterifies during manufacture
and/or storage to produce a formulation that includes less than 15%
diester and preferably less than 5% diester based on the total
weight of antimicrobial lipid present.
[0203] These formulations can be relatively easily manufactured by
first heating the hydrophobic component to 85.degree. C., adding in
the surfactant, hydrophilic component, and enhancer component,
cooling to 65.degree. C., and adding the antimicrobial lipid
component above its melting point. Alternatively, the enhancer
component can be predissolved in the hydrophilic component
(optionally along with the surfactant) and added to the hydrophobic
component either before or after addition of the antimicrobial
lipid component. If either the antimicrobial lipid component or the
hydrophobic component are solids at room temperature this is done
at the minimum temperature necessary to melt all components.
Exposure of ester containing antimicrobial lipids to enhancers that
include either acid or ether groups to elevated temperatures for
extended periods of time should be avoided to prevent
transesterification reactions (unless this is deliberate in the
case of utilizing lower purity fatty acid esters in combination
with glycol hydrophilic components to produce the monoesters as
discussed above).
[0204] Thus, the present invention provides methods of manufacture.
One preferred method involves: dissolving the enhancer component in
the hydrophilic component; combining the hydrophobic vehicle and
the hydrophilic component with the enhancer component dissolved
therein with mixing to form a mixture; optionally heating the
hydrophobic vehicle to a temperature sufficient to form a pourable
liquid (which for many hydrophobic vehicles this is above its
melting point) before or after combining it with the hydrophilic
component and enhancer component; adding the antimicrobial lipid
component to the mixture; and cooling the mixture before or after
adding the antimicrobial lipid component.
[0205] The hydrophilic component may or may not be present in the
formulations that include a hydrophobic vehicle. Thus, another
preferred method of manufacture involves: combining the enhancer
component and the hydrophobic vehicle with mixing to form a
mixture; optionally heating the hydrophobic vehicle to a
temperature sufficient to form a pourable liquid (which for many
hydrophobic vehicles is above its melting point) before or after
combining it with the enhancer component; adding the antimicrobial
lipid component to the mixture with mixing; and cooling the mixture
before or after adding the antimicrobial lipid component.
[0206] Surprisingly, it has been found that these compositions are
significantly less irritating than formulations using completely
hydrophilic components. In blind human trials participants were
asked to instill 0.5 gram (g) of ointments based on hydrophobic
components (e.g., petrolatum) that include an AHA enhancer,
surfactant, and 10% hydrophilic component (e.g., glycerin) as well
as ointments based on hydrophilic components (e.g., PEG 400) using
the same enhancer and surfactant. Surprisingly, the ointments based
on the hydrophobic component were preferred by 100% of the
participants.
[0207] The viscosity of these formulations intended for use on skin
or in the anterior nares is preferably relatively high to prevent
excessive drainage off the treatment site. In this regard the
viscosity is preferably at least 500 Centipoise (cps), more
preferably at least 1,000 cps, even more preferably at least 10,000
cps, even more preferably at least 20,000 cps, even more preferably
at least 50,000 cps, even more preferably at least 75,000 cps, even
more preferably at least 100,000 cps, and even more preferably at
least 250,000 cps (and even as high as 500,000 cps, 1,000,000 cps,
or more). The viscosity can be measured as described below in the
Viscosity Test.
[0208] Most preferably, the formulations intended for use on skin,
anterior nares, or where drainage would be a concern are
essentially gelatinous at room temperature, having a significant
yield point such that they do not flow readily at temperatures
below 35.degree. C. The viscosity is measured using the viscosity
test described herein. Certain gelatinous vehicles may also have a
characteristic temperature at which they "melt" or begin to
dramatically lose viscosity. Preferably this is higher than body
temperature also to ensure that excess drainage of the composition
of the treatment site does not occur. Therefore, the melting point
of the composition is preferably greater than 32.degree. C., more
preferably greater than 35.degree. C., and even more preferably
greater than 37.degree. C. The melting point is taken as the lowest
temperature at which the viscosity becomes dramatically less or is
equal to or less than 100,000 cps.
[0209] Similarly the viscosity and/or melt temperature can be
enhanced by either incorporating a crystalline or semicrystalline
hydrophobic carrier such as a higher melting petrolatum, addition
of an insoluble filler/thixotrope, or by addition of a polymeric
thickener (e.g., a polyethylene wax in a petrolatum vehicle).
Polymeric thickeners may be linear, branched, or slightly
crosslinked. It is important for comfort that the formulations are
relatively soft and that they spread easily to allow easy
application, especially over a wound, rash, or infected area or in
the anterior nares. A particularly preferred vehicle for use on
skin, in the anterior nares, or in other areas where high viscosity
is desirable is white petrolatum USP having a melting point greater
than 40.degree. C.
[0210] (2) Water in Oil Emulsions. Antimicrobial lipid components
of this invention can be formulated into water-in-oil emulsions in
combination with enhancer(s) and surfactant(s). Particularly
preferred compositions comprise at least 35%, preferably at least
40%, more preferably at least 45%, and most preferably at least
50%, by weight oil phase. As used herein the oil phase includes all
components which are either not soluble in water or preferentially
soluble in the oil(s) present at 23.degree. C. One method of
preparing these emulsions is described in Applicants' Assignee's
Copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,511, filed on
Sep. 28, 2001. Generally speaking, the hydrophobic component (oil)
is mixed in Container A along with any emulsifier(s) optionally
including polymeric emulsifiers and heated to a temperature
sufficient to ensure a homogenous composition and subsequent stable
emulsion. The temperature is typically raised to at least
60.degree. C., preferably to at least 80.degree. C., and more
preferably to 100.degree. C. or more. In a separate Container B,
the hydrophilic ingredients are mixed, including one or more of the
following: water, hydrophilic component, enhancer(s),
surfactant(s), and acids/bases to adjust the pH of the final
composition. The contents of container B are heated to a
temperature sufficient to ensure a stable final emulsion
composition without significantly degrading any of the components,
typically to a temperature greater than 40.degree. C., preferably
greater than 50.degree. C., and more preferably greater than
60.degree. C. While hot, container B is added to container A using
a high shear mixer. The composition may be continuously mixed until
cool (e.g., to a temperature of less than 40.degree. C.) or it can
be allowed to sit as long as the contents remain uniformly mixed.
If the antimicrobial lipid is heat sensitive, it is added with
mixing during the cooling down period. If it is not heat sensitive,
it may be added to either container A or container B. The viscosity
of these compositions may be adjusted by altering the levels of
emulsifier; changing the ratio of water to oil phase; selection of
the oil phase (e.g., select from an oil (hydrophobic component),
which is more or less viscous); incorporation of a polymeric or
particulate thickener, etc.
[0211] (3) Hydrophilic Vehicle. Antimicrobial lipid components of
this invention can be formulated into a hydrophilic component such
as that based on the hydrophilic compounds (discussed above)
optionally in combination with the enhancer(s) and surfactant(s).
Particularly preferred are polyethylene glycols (PEGs), including
blends of different molecular weight PEGs, optionally containing
one or more glycols. When using a hydrophilic component as the
vehicle (i.e., the component used in the greatest amount, which can
include one or more hydrophilic compounds), it should be preferably
selected to maintain viscosity and melt temperature characteristics
similar to those stated above for the anhydrous or nearly anhydrous
formulations using a hydrophobic vehicle.
[0212] Similarly the viscosity can be enhanced by either
incorporating a crystalline or semicrystalline hydrophilic compound
such as a PEG of sufficient molecular weight, addition of an
insoluble filler/thixotrope, or by addition of a polymeric
thickener. Polymeric thickeners may be linear, branched, or
slightly crosslinked. It is desirablefor comfort that the
formulations are relatively soft and that they spread easily to
allow easy application, especially in the anterior nares or over a
wound, rash, or infected area. For this reason, a particularly
preferred vehicle is based on a blend of a liquid or semisolid PEG
(PEG 400-1000) with a more crystalline PEG (PEG 1000-2000).
Particularly preferred is a blend of PEG 400 with PEG 1450 in a
ratio of 4:1.
[0213] In certain preferred embodiments of the present invention,
the compositions are in the form of an ointment or cream. That is,
the compositions are in the form of a relatively viscous state such
that they are suitable for application to nasal passageways.
Preferably, such compositions have a viscosity of at least 500
Centipoise (cps), more preferably at least 1,000 cps, even more
preferably at least 10,000 cps, even more preferably at least
20,000 cps, even more preferably at least 50,000 cps, even more
preferably at least 75,000 cps, even more preferably at least
100,000 cps, and even more preferably at least 250,000 cps (and
even as high as 500,000 cps, 1,000,000 cps, or more). The viscosity
can be measured as described below in the Viscosity Test. Preferred
formulations have high viscosity even after application to
mammalian tissue at 32-37.degree. C.
[0214] (4) Water-based Formulations. Aqueous compositions of the
present invention are those in which water is present in the
greatest amount, thereby forming the "vehicle." For these systems
it is particularly important that a relatively high viscosity be
imparted to the composition to ensure that the antimicrobial
composition is not rapidly dispersed off the afflicted area. These
formulations also adhere well to tissue and thus deliver the
antimicrobial to the intended site over a prolonged period even in
the presence of perspiration, drainage (e.g., mucosal secretions),
or mild lavage. Such a high viscosity can be imparted by a
thickener system. The thickener system of the invention is
compatible with the antimicrobial lipid composition described above
in order to provide suitable antimicrobial efficacy, chemical and
physical stability, acceptable cosmetic properties, and appropriate
viscosity for retention in the afflicted area.
[0215] Preferably, compositions of this invention have a viscosity
of at least 500 Centipoise (cps), more preferably at least 1,000
cps, even more preferably at least 10,000 cps, even more preferably
at least 20,000 cps, even more preferably at least 50,000 cps, even
more preferably at least 75,000 cps, even more preferably at least
100,000 cps, and even more preferably at least 250,000 cps (and
even as high as 500,000 cps, 1,000,000 cps, or more). The viscosity
can be measured as described below in the Viscosity Test. Preferred
formulations have high viscosity even after application to
mammalian tissue at 32-37.degree. C. Because certain optional
ingredients, such as enhancers, hydrophilic compounds, hydrophobic
compounds, and the like, may effect the viscosity (either
positively or negatively), the measured viscosity is that of the
final composition.
[0216] Preferred thickener systems used in the compositions of the
present invention are capable of producing viscoelastic
compositions that are very stable. By varying the amount and type
of thickener, the degree of elasticity can be adjusted from almost
a purely viscous composition to a highly elastic and even gel-like
composition. If emollients are added, increasing the elasticity
and/or yield stress of the system imparts added stability to
prevent separation of immiscible emollients. Excessive elasticity,
however, is not preferred because an excessively elastic
composition usually does not provide a cosmetically appealing
product.
[0217] Significantly, thickener systems used in the present
invention are capable of achieving high viscosities at relatively
low total concentrations. The total concentration of the thickener
system is preferably less than 8 wt-%, more preferably less than 5
wt-%, and most preferably less than 3 wt-%, based on the total
weight of the ready to use composition. Preferably, the total
concentration of the thickener system can be as little as 0.5 wt-%,
based on the total weight of the composition. For certain
embodiments, however, the total concentration of thickener system
is greater than 1 wt-%, based on the total weight of the ready to
use composition.
[0218] The thickener system can include organic polymers or
inorganic thixotropes such as silica gel, clays (such as betonite,
laponite, hectorite, montmorrillonite and the like), as well as
organically modified inorganic particulates materials, and the
like. As used herein, an organic polymer is considered part of the
thickener system if its presence in the composition results in an
increase in the viscosity of the composition. Certain polymers that
do not have these characteristics may also be present in the
composition but do not contribute significantly to the viscosity of
the composition. For purposes of this invention, they are not
considered part of the thickener system. For example, certain
nonionic polymers such as lower molecular weight polyethylene
glycols (e.g., those having a molecular weight of less than 20,000)
do not increase the viscosity of the composition significantly.
These are considered part of the hydrophilic component, for
example, rather than part of the thickener system.
[0219] The thickener system can be prepared from one or more
nonionic, cationic, anionic, zwitterionic, or associative polymers
as long as they are compatible with the antimicrobial lipid and
enhancer components of the composition. For example, certain acidic
enhancers such as those that include carboxylic acid groups are
most effective in their protonated form. This requires that the
composition has an acidic pH. For this reason, many anionic
thickeners based on neutralized carboxylic acid groups would not be
suitable. For example, Carbopol-type thickeners based on
polyacrylic acid salts do not typically thicken well at pH values
of less than 5 and certainly less than a pH of 4.5. Therefore, at
lower pH values (i.e., when acidic enhancers are present) if the
aqueous compositions are thickened with anionic polymers, the
polymers are preferably based on sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic
acid, or phosphate groups. These polymers are able to thicken at
much lower pH values due to the lower pKa of these acid groups.
[0220] Preferred polymers of this class include ARISTOFLEX HMB
(ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/beheneth-25 methacrylate
crosspolymer) and ARISTOFLEX ASV (ammonium
acryloyldimethyltaurate/NVP copolymer) from Clariant Corporation.
Other preferred sulfonic acid polymers are those described in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,318,955.
[0221] Preferably, the compositions that include an acidic enhancer
component are thickened using cationic or nonionic thickeners since
these perform well at low pH. In addition, many of the nonionic and
cationic polymers can tolerate higher levels of salts and other
additives and still maintain high viscosity.
[0222] A preferred group of nonionic polymeric thickeners include
modified celluloses, guar, xanthan gum, and other natural polymers
such as polysaccharides and proteins, associative polymers based on
nonionic ethylenically unsaturated monomers wherein at least one
comonomer has at least 16 carbon atoms, and polymers based on
ethylenically unsaturated monomers selected from the group
consisting of acrylates, acrylamides, vinyl lactams, vinyl acetate
and its hydrolyzed derivatives, methyl vinyl ethers, styrene, and
acrylonitrile.
[0223] A preferred group of cationic polymeric thickeners include
cationically modified celluloses, quaternized natural
amino-functional polymers, and polymers based on ethylenically
unsaturated monomers selected from the group consisting of
acrylates, acrylamides, vinyl lactams, vinyl acetates, methyl vinyl
ethers, styrene, and acrylonitrile.
[0224] Cationic polymers for use in the compositions of this
invention can be selected from both permanently charged quaternary
polymers (those polymers with quaternary amines such as
Polyquaternium 4, 10, 24, 32, and 37, described below) as well as
protonated primary, secondary, and tertiary amine functional
polymers that have been protonated with a suitable protonic acid.
Preferred protonated cationic polymers are based on tertiary
amines. The protonated cationic polymers are preferably protonated
with suitable acids that will not result in undue skin irritation.
These include, for example, (C1-C10)alkylcarboxylic acids
optionally substituted by oxygen (e.g., acetic acid, alpha-hydroxy
acids such as lactic acid, gluconic acid, benzoic acid, mandelic
acid, and the like), (C1-C10)alkylsulfonic acids (e.g.,
methylsulfonic acid and ethylsulfonic acid),
(C1-C10)alkylhydrogensulfates (e.g., methylhydrogensulfate) and
mineral acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric
acid, phosphoric acid, and the like).
[0225] The charge on protonated cationic polymers is pH dependent.
For this reason, in order to ensure the polymer is sufficiently
protonated, the pH is adjusted appropriately and should be in the
range of preferably 2-9.5, more preferably 2-8, and most preferably
2.5-7.5. The pH of preferred compositions that include acidic
enhancers should be lower and is typically 2-5, and preferably 2-4.
It should be noted that it is not necessary to have all of the
amines on a particular polymer protonated. The level of protonation
will to a certain extent be pH dependent. With certain polymers in
order to obtain optimum thickening with low skin irriation it may
be beneficial to only protonate a small percentage of the available
amine groups while with other polymers it may be beneficial to
protonate substantially all of the amine groups. This will be
easily determined by one skilled in the art.
[0226] The quaternary, tertiary, secondary, and primary amine
functional polymers may be chosen from natural polymers, modified
natural polymers, as well as synthetic polymers. These polymers may
be soluble or swellable in the aqueous solvent. Furthermore, these
polymers may also possess hydrophobic side chains and thus be
associative polymers.
[0227] Polymers can be classified as soluble, swellable, or
associative in the aqueous compositions. Some polymers may fall
into one or more of these classes. For example, certain associative
polymers can be soluble in the aqeuous system. Whether they are
considered soluble, swellable, or associative in the aqueous
system, suitable polymers for use in the compositions of the
present invention may be film forming or not. Film forming polymers
may retain the active antimicrobial component at the afflicted site
for longer periods of time. This may be desirable for certain
applications. For example, some film forming polymers may produce
compositions that could not be easily washed off with water after
being applied and dried.
[0228] As used herein, a soluble polymer is one that in dilute
solution (i.e., 0.01-0.1 wt-% in the desired aqueous solvent system
defined as containing water and any other hydrophilic compounds),
after heating for a sufficient time to ensure solubilization of any
potentially soluble components, has no significant observable
particles of greater than 1 micron in particle size, as determined
by light scattering measurements using, for example, Malvem
Masterisizer E Laser Particle Size Analyzer available from Malvem
Co., Boston, Mass.
[0229] As used herein, a swellable polymer is one that in dilute
solution (i.e., 0.01-0.1 wt-% in the desired aqueous solvent
system), after heating for a sufficient time to ensure
solubilization of any potentially soluble components, has a
significant (i.e., detectable) number of observable particles of
greater than 1 micron in particle size, as determined by light
scattering measurements using, for example, Malvem Masterisizer E
Laser Particle Size Analyzer.
[0230] As used herein, an associative polymer is one that has
greater than 2 hydrophobic chains per polymer molecule of greater
than 16 carbon atoms. Examples of such polymers are as follows.
[0231] Soluble Polymers--Cationic Natural Polymer Derivatives.
Cationic modified cellulosic polymers are reported in the
literature to be soluble in water. Such polymers have been found to
be useful in the present invention. The most preferred modified
cellulose products are sold under the trade names CELQUAT (National
Starch and Chemicals Corp., Bridgewater, N.J.) and UCARE (Amerchol
Corporation, Edison, N.J.). CELQUAT is a copolymer of a
polyethoxylated cellulose and dimethyldiallyl ammonium chloride and
has the Cosmetic, Toiletry and Fragrance Association (CTFA)
designation Polyquaternium-4.
[0232] An alkyl modified quaternary ammonium salt of hydroxyethyl
cellulose and a trimethyl ammonium chloride substituted epoxide can
also be used. The polymer conforms to the CTFA designation
Polyquaternium 24 and is commercially available as QUATRISOFT
LM-200 from Amerchol Corp., Edison, N.J.
[0233] A particularly suitable type of cationic polysaccharide
polymer that can be used is a cationic guar gum derivative, such as
guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride (Commercially available from
Rhone-Poulenc under the trade designation JAGUAR).
[0234] Soluble Polymers--Cationic Synthetic Polymers. Synthetic
cationic linear polymers useful in the present invention are
preferably quite high in cationic charge density--generally having
greater than 10 wt-% cationic monomer, preferably greater than 25
wt-%, and more preferably greater than 50 wt-%. This ensures a good
cosmetic feel and may actually improve water solubility. In
general, the polymers useful in the present invention have
sufficient molecular weight to achieve thickening at generally less
than 5 wt-% polymer, but not too high that the
lotion/cream/ointment feels slimy and stringy. While the
composition of the polymer will dramatically affect the molecular
weight at which sufficient thickening will occur, the polymers
preferably have a molecular weight of at least 250,000 daltons, and
more preferably at least 500,000 daltons. The polymers preferably
have a molecular weight of no greater than 3,000,000 daltons, and
more preferably no greater than 1,000,000 daltons. The homopolymers
are preferably prepared from methacryloyloxyalkyl trialkyl ammonium
salt, acryloyloxyalkyl trialkyl ammonium salt, and/or quaternized
dialkylaminoalkylacrylamidine salt. Preferably the polymers are
copolymers of at least two monomers selected from the group
consisting of trialkylaminoalkyl acrylate and methacrylate salts,
dialkyldiallyl ammonium salts, acrylamidoalkyltrialkyl salts,
methacrylamidoalkyltrialkyl salts, and alkyl imidazolinium salts,
N-vinyl pyrrolidinone, N-vinyl caprolactam, methyl vinyl ether,
acrylates, methacrylates, styrene, acrylonitrile, and combinations
thereof. Typically, for the salts the counterions are preferably
F.sup.-, Cl.sup.-, Br.sup.-, and
CH.sub.3(CH.sub.2).sub.nSO.sub.4.sup.- where n=0-4.
[0235] A variety of quaternary copolymers of varying
quaternization, can be synthesized based on homo or copolymers of
amino acrylates with methyl, ethyl, or propyl side chains. These
monomers could also be copolymerized with other nonionic monomers
including quaternary acrylic homopolymers, such as homopolymers of
2-methacryloxyethyl trimethylammonium chloride and
2-methacryloxyethyl methyl diethyl ammonium bromide; and copolymers
of quaternary acrylate monomers with a water-soluble monomers, such
as Petrolite Product No. Q-0043, a proprietary copolymer of a
linear quaternary acrylate and acrylamide at high molecular weight
(4-5 million MW).
[0236] Another useful soluble cationic polymer is
N,N-dimethylaminopropyl-N-acrylamidine (which is quaternized with
diethylsulfate) bound to a block of polyacrylonitrile. This block
copolymer is available under the trade designation Hypan QT-100
from Lipo Chemicals Inc., Paterson, N.J. It is quite effective at
thickening aqueous systems and has a good cosmetic feel. This
polymer as received, however, has an objectionable amine odor. The
odor could probably be masked with the proper fragrance, but is
preferably removed prior to formulation (e.g., with a solvent
cleaning process) so that the formulation can be supplied without
fragrance. Preferred compositions are free of fragrances and
colorants.
[0237] Suitable cationic polymers include, for example, copolymers
of 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidine and 1-vinyl-3-methyl-imidazolium salt
(e.g. chloride salt), referred to in the industry by the Cosmetic,
Toiletry, and Fragrance Association, (CTFA) as Polyquaternium-16.
This material is commercially available from BASF Wyandotte Corp.
(Parsippany, N.J., USA) under the LUVIQUAT tradename (e.g. LUVIQUAT
FC 370); copolymers of 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidine and dimethylaminoethyl
methacrylate, referred to in the industry (CTFA) as
Polyquaternium-11. This material is available commercially from ICI
Corp., Wayne, N.J., under the trade designation GAFQUAT; cationic
diallyl quaternary ammonium-containing polymers including, for
example, dimethyldiallyammonium chloride homopolymer and copolymers
of acrylamide and dimethyldiallylammonium chloride, referred to in
the industry (CTFA) as Polyquaternium 6 and Polyquaternium 7,
respectively.
[0238] Soluble Polymers-Nonionic. A variety of cellulosic ethers
are reported in the literature to be soluble in water. Materials in
this class that are nonionic and have been shown to be useful
include: methylhydroxypropylcellulose, available as BENECEL MP 943
from Aqualon, Wilmington, Del.; hydroxypropylcellulose, available
as KLUCEL (LF, GF, MF, HF) from Aqualon;
hydroxybutylmethylcellulose (3.5% hydroxybutyl and 30% methoxyl)
from Scientific Polymer Products, Ontario, N.Y.; and
hydroxyethylcelluloses, available under the trade designation
NATROSOL from Aqualon. Xanthan gum, guar, locust bean gum, and
other polysaccharides may also be suitable. These polymers may be
produced from plant sources or can be produced through microbial
cell culture. Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) also may be suitable. For
example, PVA made from polyvinyl acetate which has been hydrolyzed
to 87% is highly water soluble at room temperature. Those with
higher percent hydrolysis become progressively more crystalline and
may need to be heated to get into solution. Protein thickeners such
as gelatin and pectin may also be useful.
[0239] Amine oxide polymers such as those described in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,123,933 and those commercially available under the trade
designation DIAFORMER Z-711, Z-712, Z-731, and Z-751 from Clariant
Corp. are useful. Additionally, zwitterionic polymers, such as
methacryloyl ethyl betaine/acrylate copolymer that are commercially
available under the trade designation DIAFORMER Z-400 from Clariant
Corp. can also be used. Zwitterionic polymers described in U.S.
Pat. No. 6,590,051 may also be useful.
[0240] Carboxylic acid functional polymers including naturally
occurring carboxylic acid functional polymers such as hyaluronic
acid and derivatives of natural polymers such as
carboxymethylcellulose, alginic acid and other alginate polymers,
Fucogel (a polysaccharide consisting of three mono-saccharides,
fucose, galactose, and galacturonic acid), hyaluronic acid, and the
like, also may be useful. Synthetic polymers may also be useful,
such as those based on carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, or
sulfonic acid functional monomers, including but not limited to,
polymers derived from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic
anhydride, itaconic anhydride, sodium AMPS (the sodium salt of
2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid), sulfopropyl acrylate
or methacrylate, sulphomethylated acrylamide, allyl sulphonate,
sodium vinyl sulphonate, combinations thereof, or other
water-soluble forms of these or other polymerizable carboxylic or
sulphonic acids.
[0241] Swellable Polymers. Many swellable polymers, which are
slightly crosslinked, function as viscosifiers in aqueous solvent
systems. In general, these swellable polymers are preferred because
they tend to be far less "slimy" going on and once the hands
perspire and are exposed to water after treatment. Excessive
crosslinking will result in polymers that do not swell sufficiently
to increase the viscosity of the composition. In order to ensure
adequate swelling, if a chemical crosslinker is used, the
concentration of crosslinker is quite low, e.g., less than 1000
parts per million (ppm), and preferably less than 500 ppm, based on
the weight of the dry polymer.
[0242] A class of crosslinked polymers suitable for use in the
compositions of the present invention include acrylamide and at
least one other quaternary monomer selected from the group
consisting of trialkylaminoalkylacrylate and methacrylate salts,
dialkyldiallyl ammonium salts, acrylamidoalkyltrialkyl ammonium
salts, methacrylamidoalkyltrialkyl ammonium salts, and monomers
that include imidazolinium salts. The counterions are preferably
F.sup.-, Cl.sup.-, Br.sup.-, and
CH.sub.3(CH.sub.2).sub.nSO.sub.4.sup.- where n=0-4. Other
comonomers may also be added including N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl
caprolactam, methyl vinyl ether, acrylates, methacrylates, styrene,
and the like. A particularly preferred polymer is a
poly(2-methacryloxyethyl trimethyl ammonium chloride)
polydimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, which conforms to the CTFA
designation Polyquaternium 37. Another preferred polymer includes
acrylamide and methacryloyloxyethyl trimethyl ammonium chloride,
which conforms to the CTFA designation Polyquaternium 32. These are
commercially available from Allied Colloids Inc. of Suffolk, Va. as
SALCARE SC95, SC96, and SC92.
[0243] Other swellable polymers (i.e., slightly crosslinked
polymers) can be prepared using ionizing radiation to crosslink.
For example, polymers of N-vinyl lactams, such as N-vinyl
pyrrolidone, when exposed to gamma radiation increase in molecular
weight and may actually crosslink. This crosslinking allows for
more efficient thickening (less polymer required to achieve a
certain viscosity) and an improved cosmetic feel. Other polymers
that when exposed to gamma radiation result in crosslinking,
include polymers such as LUVIQUAT HM 552 (copolymers of
vinylimidazolium methochloride and vinylpyrrolidone, which conforms
to the CTFA designation Polyquaternium-16), and GAFQUAT HS-100
(vinylpyrrolidone/methacrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride
copolymer which conforms to the CTFA designation
Polyquaternium-28).
[0244] Chemical crosslinking using polyunsaturated monomers such as
diallyl maleate may also prove useful. Other suitable crosslinkers
are multi-ethylenically unsaturated compounds wherein the ethylenic
groups are vinyl groups (including substituted vinyl groups, such
as isopropenyl groups), allyl groups, and/or methallyl groups,
which groups are bonded to nitrogen or oxygen atoms. Vinyl, allyl,
and methallyl groups, as used herein, include substituted
derivatives. Exemplary compounds include divinyl, diallyl, or
dimethallyl esters, ethers, amides, or ureas. Specific examples are
disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,473 (Duan) and U.S. Pat. No.
4,931,282 (Asmus et al.).
[0245] A range of crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) materials
have been prepared via covalent crosslinking with diallyl maleate
or by radiation crosslinking of linear PVP powders. Crosslinked PVP
prepared under these techniques can produce colloidal particles
which are highly swellable in aqueous solutions and thereby produce
viscous solutions. The polymers are also nonionic and have
excellent compatibility with cationic excipients.
[0246] Anionic swellable polymeric thickeners may also be useful.
As described above preferred anionic polymers for use with
antimicrobial compositions which include carboxylic acid functional
enhancers (and are thus formulated at lower pH) are polymers having
sulfonic acid, sulfonate, phosphonic acid, or phosphate groups.
[0247] Associative Polymers. Associative polymers can be used to
thicken the compositions of the present invention as well. Such
polymers thicken as a result of hydrophobic or Van de Waals
association of hydrophobic side chains. Such associative polymers
can form viscous to gelled aqueous solutions despite their
relatively low molecular weights. Polymers that are alcoholic
soluble can be modified by the addition of a long chain hydrophobic
group. A preferred class of such associative polymers are based on
nonionic ethylenically unsaturated monomers wherein at least one
comonomer has at least 16 carbon atoms.
[0248] An example is cetyl hydroxyethylcellulose, available as
NATROSOL PLUS from Aqualon, which utilizes an associative mechanism
to enhance the viscosity it produces. Grafted side chains of cetyl
alkyl groups can associate with neighboring alkyl hydrophobes.
These interpolymer associations can dramatically increase the
viscosification efficiency of the polymer. Longer chain alklyl,
alkenyl, and aralkyl groups may also be suitable. For example,
another preferred associative polymer is Arsitoflex HMB, which is
ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/beheneth-25 methacrylate
crosspolymer and is available from Clariant Corp.
[0249] (5) Neat Compositions. The compositions of the present
invention also may be delivered to the treatment site in a neat
form or in a volatile solvent that rapidly evaporates to leave
behind a neat composition. Such compositions may be solid,
semisolid, or liquid. In the case where the compositions are solid,
the antimicrobial lipid and/or the enhancer and/or the surfactant
may optionally be microencapsulated to either sustain the delivery
or facilitate manufacturing a powder, which is easily delivered.
Alternatively, the composition can be micronized into a fine powder
without the addition of other components or it may optionally
contain fillers and other ingredients that facilitate powder
manufacture. Suitable powders include, but are not limited to,
calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches,
cellulose derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene
glycols.
[0250] When hydrophobic antimicrobial lipids are used, a method for
micronizing a hydrophobic agent may be used wherein the hydrophobic
agent is dissolved in an effective amount of a first solvent that
is free of polymer (such as the method described in U.S. Pat. No.
6,746,635). The hydrophobic agent and the solvent form a mixture
having a continuous phase. A second solvent and then an aqueous
solution are introduced into the mixture. The introduction of the
aqueous solution causes precipitation of the hydrophobic agent and
produces a composition of micronized hydrophobic agent having an
average particle size of 1 micron or less. The particle size for
use in delivery to the nose or other tissue may be significantly
larger to direct delivery to the proper site. For example, to
deliver the antimicrobial powder to the nose, nasal cavities,
and/or throat without passing into the lungs, larger particles may
be required.
[0251] Bioadhesive polymers optionally may be added to neat
compositions as well as the other physical forms. Numerous suitable
bioadhesive polymers are discussed in International Publication No.
WO 93/21906. Representative bioadhesive polymers of particular
interest include bioerodible hydrogels described by H. S. Sawhney
et al., in Macromolecules, 26:581-587 (1993), including
polyhyaluronic acids, casein, gelatin, glutin, polyanhydrides,
polyacrylic acid, alginate, chitosan, poly(methyl methacrylates),
poly(ethyl methacrylates), poly butylmethacrylate),
poly(isobutylmethacrylate), poly(hexlmethacrylate), poly(isodecl
methacrylate), poly(lauryl methacrylate), poly(phenyl
methacrylate), poly(methyl acrylate), poly(isopropyl acrylate),
poly(isobutyl acrylate), and poly(octadecl acrylate). Preferred
polymers are polyacrylic acid (e.g., CARBOMER polymers) and
poly(fumaric-co-sebacic)acid. Other bioadhesive and bioerodible
polymers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,746,635. Particularly
preferred are slightly crosslinked polyacrylic acids such as those
sold under the CARBOPOL brand by BF Goodrich.
[0252] The antimicrobial compositions also may include suitable
solid or gel phase carriers or excipients. Examples of such
carriers or excipients include, but are not limited to, calcium
carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose
derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene
glycols.
[0253] The neat compositions according to the present invention may
be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray
presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of
a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane,
trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide
or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the
dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a
metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use
in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder
mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or
starch. Those of skill in the art can readily determine the various
parameters and conditions for producing aerosols without resort to
undue experimentation. Inhaled medications are preferred in some
embodiments because of the direct delivery to the lung. Several
types of metered dose inhalers are regularly used for
administration by inhalation. These types of devices include
metered dose inhalers (MDI), breath-actuated MDI, dry powder
inhaler (DPI), spacer/holding chambers in combination with MDI, and
nebulizers. Techniques for preparing aerosol delivery systems are
well known to those of skill in the art. Generally, such systems
should utilize components which will not significantly impair the
biological properties of the agent (see, for example, Sciarra and
Cutie, "Aerosols," in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th
edition, 1694-1712 (1990)).
[0254] The compounds may also be formulated in rectal or vaginal
compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g.,
containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or
other glycerides.
Viscosity
[0255] Certain preferred compositions of the present invention have
a viscosity of at least 500 Centipoise (cps) for ease of
application topically. More preferably, compositions of the present
invention have a viscosity of at least 1,000 cps, even more
preferably at least 10,000 cps, even more preferably at least
20,000 cps, even more preferably at least 50,000 cps, even more
preferably at least 75,000 cps, even more preferably at least
100,000 cps, and even more preferably at least 250,000 cps (and
even as high as 500,000 cps, 1,000,000 cps, or more). Lower
viscosity compositions can be used, however, in certain
applications, such as for the treatment of middle ear infection and
chronic sinusitis. For example, afflictions of the middle ear
(e.g., otitis media or infection of the middle ear) may be treated
with compositions of the present invention having a viscosity lower
than 1000 cps more readily by administration through the nose and
into the Eustachian tubes. The viscosity is measured by the
Viscosity Test described herein. Preferred compositions meet the
above viscosity limitations even when warmed to 32.degree. C. Most
preferred compositions meet the above viscosity limitations even
when warmed to 35.degree. C., or as high as 37.degree. C.
[0256] In some embodiments of the present invention, the
compositions have a viscosity of at least 20 cps, preferably at
least 100 cps, when measured by the Viscosity Test described
herein. Higher viscosities are preferred to reduce migration as
well as to provide substantivity (resistance to removal by fluids)
to ensure long-term antimicrobial activity.
Delivery Methods and Devices
[0257] Antimicrobial compositions of the present invention can be
provided to a medical professional in a single composite
formulation or in multiple parts. For example, a composition can be
provided in two parts (e.g., in two separate containers or two
separate compartments of the same container), one part containing
the antimicrobial lipid component and one part containing the
enhancer. Other components of the composition can be combined with
either one of the two parts. Alternatively, the other components
can be included in a third part.
[0258] In other embodiments, a composition can be provided in two
parts and the antimicrobial lipid component can be made in situ.
For example, a monoglyceride could be formed in-situ from a di- or
tri-glyceride in the presence of a lipase such as a mammalian or
bacterially derived lipase. This may occur on the tissue or prior
to application to the tissue.
[0259] Topical treatment regimens according to the practice of this
invention include applying a safe and effective amount of the
compositions described herein directly to the infected or at-risk
skin, wound, or mucous membrane; particularly, the nasal nares and
passages that are particularly susceptible to microbial
contamination.
[0260] Compositions of the present invention can be delivered using
a variety of techniques. Typically, the compositions are delivered
to the skin and/or mucosal tissue in a manner that allows them to
penetrate into the skin and/or mucosal tissue, as opposed to
through the tissue into the blood stream. This concentrates the
compositions locally at the site in need of treatment. This
delivery can be accomplished by spraying, dipping, wiping,
dropping, pouring, toweling, inhaling, or the like, onto the area
to be treated.
[0261] In the methods of the present invention, the compositions
may be provided as a formulation suitable for delivery to mammalian
tissue (e.g., skin and/or mucosal surfaces). Suitable formulations
can include, but are not limited to, creams, gels, foams,
ointments, lotions, balms, waxes, salves, solutions, suspensions,
dispersions, water in oil or oil in water emulsions,
microemulsions, pastes, powders, oils, lozenges, boluses, and
sprays, and the like.
[0262] The compositions may be sprayed from a pressurized
container. The pressure may be supplied by an external means such
as squeezing the container, through the use of a mechanical pump,
or with the use of a propellant. Suitable propellants include
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs),
hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), hydrofluoroethers (HFEs), perfluorinated
alkanes, and (C1-C5)alkanes, such as propane and butane, as well as
nitrous oxide and dimethyl ether. Preferred propellants are lower
alkanes such as propane, butane, isobutene, as well as HCFCs.
[0263] If delivered as a foam, the composition may be dispensed
from an aerating dispenser such as the F2 Finger Pump Foamer
available from Air Spray International Pompano Beach, Fla.
Alternatively, the foam may be generated using a suitable
propellant such as those described above.
[0264] In some embodiments, compositons of the present invention
can be formulated into various consumer products, such as
deodorants, shampoos, shower gels, detergents, household cleaning
products, etc.
[0265] For very high viscosity formulations the composition may be
delivered in essentially a solid dosage form by placing the
composition in or on the tissue to be treated. For example, a small
suppository type delivery could be placed into the anterior nares
for eradication of Staphylococcus sp.
[0266] Various other modes of administration can be used as well
known to one of skill in the art depending on the desired location
for contact of the antimicrobial compositions of the present
invention. For example, afflictions of the middle ear (e.g., otitis
media or infection of the middle ear) may be treated with
compositions of the present invention by administration through the
nose and into the Eustachian tubes or they can be instilled
directly into the middle ear through the tympanic membrane. The
formulations may traverse the tympanic membrane with the aid of a
syringe or do so by diffusion. Penetration enhancers may be used to
enhance diffusion across the tympanic membrane.
[0267] For application to skin or mucosal tissue, for example, the
compositions may be applied directly to the tissue from a
collapsible container such as a flexible tube, blow/fill/seal
container, pouch, capsule, etc. In this embodiment, the primary
container itself is used to dispense the composition directly onto
the tissue or it can be used to dispense the composition onto a
separate applicator. For example, for delivery to the nose or
topical tissue, the composition could be dispensed directly from a
tube and spread by a number of means including squeezing the
outside of the nose together repeatedly, wiping with the tip of the
tube or with a separate device such as a spatula, cotton, rayon, or
other natural or synthetic based fiber swab.
[0268] Other application devices may also be suitable including
applicators with foam tips, brushes, and the like. Importantly, the
applicator must be able to deliver the requisite amount of
composition to the tissue. Therefore, in most instances applicator
devices such as webs and swabs are coated on the applicator web at
greater than 50% by weight of the dry web and preferably in excess
of 100% by weight of the dry web. (On a swab this would include the
weight only of the web and not the applicator stick.)
[0269] The collapsible containers may be made in a number of single
layer, laminate, or coextruded constructions. Materials of
construction may include polyolefins such as low, medium, or high
density polyethylene including low and linear low density
polyethylene, polypropylene, as well as copolymers of ethylene
and/or propylene with other polar or non-polar comonomers;
polyamides such as nylons; polyesters such as polyethylene
terephalate, polybutyleneterephalate, polyethylenenaphthalate;
polyurethanes; polyacrylates; and the like. In some constructions
it may be desirable to include a barrier material to prevent
evaporation of one or more components of the formulation. Suitable
barrier materials include polyesters (e.g., polyethylene
terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephalate,
and the like), fluorinated layers such as polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE, e.g., TEFLON), polyamides (e.g., nylon),
chlorotriflouroethylene (ACLAR), polyvinylidene fluoride, as well
as copolymers of perflourinated monomers with partially fluorinated
monomers such as copolymers of
tetraflouroethylene/hexafluoropropylene/vinylidene fluoride (THV
Fluorothermoplastic from Dyneon Company), polyvinylchloride,
polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC, e.g., SARAN HB), ethylene vinyl
alcohol (EVOH), polyolefins (e.g., polyethylene, high density
polyethylene, polypropylene, and combinations thereof). Oriented
and biaxially oriented polymers may be particularly preferred.
[0270] Particularly preferred barrier constructions include
metallic foil barriers such as aluminum foil laminates, HDPE, PET,
PETG, PEN laminates of polyester and polyolefin (in particular
PET/HDPE or HDPE/PET/HDPE), laminates of PET and EVOH, biaxially
oriented nylon, PVDC, Nylon/EVOH/Nylon (OXYSHIELD OUB--R),
chlorotrifluoroethylene and laminates thereof, ceramic layer
including silicon oxide (SiO.sub.x where x=0.5-2 and preferably
1-2) coated thermoplastics, and ceramic coated PET (CERAMIS
available from CCL Container/Tube Division, Oak Ridge, N.J.).
[0271] Compositions of the present invention may be applied to a
mucosal surface with the use of a delivery device such as cervical
caps, diaphragms and solid matrices such as tampons, cotton
sponges, cotton swabs, foam sponges, and suppositories.
[0272] Accordingly, compositions of the present invention can also
be delivered from cloth, sponges, paper products (e.g., paper
towels, towelletes, and wipes), tampons, undercast padding, and
dental floss, for example.
[0273] In some embodiments, an applicator may be used to place the
device and/or antimicrobial composition in the proper location, for
example, on the mucosal surface of a vagina, nasal cavity, rectum,
or the like. Examples of such applicators include, for example,
cardboard or plastic tube applicators commonly used for inserting
tampons or suppositories.
[0274] The compositions of the present invention can be delivered
from various substrates for delivery to the tissue. For example,
the compositions can be delivered from a wipe or pad which when
contacted to tissue will deliver at least a portion of the
composition to the tissue. For application to nasal cavities the
compositions may be provided by a non-woven swab such as a "Q-tip"
brand cotton swab, into a foam tip applicator, and the like. The
substrate may be used to deliver the composition essentially
instantaneously or may be left in contact with the tissue. For
example, a substrate in a tubular form could be delivered to the
anterior nares using a suitable applicator and left in the anterior
nares. The annular nature of the device is designed to allow
delivery of the active while allowing the patient to freely breathe
through the nose.
[0275] Also, compositions of the present invention can be coated
onto medical devices that contact mammalian tissue (e.g., skin,
mucous membranes, wounds, etc.). Examples of such devices include
catheters such as urinary tract catheters and vascular access
catheters.
[0276] Antimicrobial compositions of the present invention can be
formulated for additional controlled release (beyond that provided
by the compositions previously discussed) if desired. For example,
the antimicrobial lipid component may be formulated into compatible
liposomes, microcapsules, microglobules, microbeads, and/or
microspheres such as those made from natural polymers including,
but not limited to, polysaccharides, agar, starch and starch
derivatives, cellulose and cellulose derivatives, and synthetic
polymers such as polyolefins (e.g., polyethylene and
polypropylene), polystyrene, polyacrylates, and the like, as well
as inorganic materials such as clays and zeolites. The
antimicrobial lipid component may also be formulated into multiple
emulsions such as oil-in-water-in-oil emulsions or
water-in-oil-in-water emulsions where the oil is an organic oil or
a silicone base oil. In addition, water soluble or swellable
polymers can be combined with the antimicrobial lipid in a soluble
or swollen state, dried, and added to the various compositions to
further sustain release. If a prolonged release of the
antimicrobial lipid is desired it also may be useful to incorporate
a hydrophobic component in which the antimicrobial lipid is
soluble.
[0277] Topical antimicrobial treatment regimens according to the
practice of this invention include applying an effective amount of
the compositions described herein directly to the infected or
at-risk mammalian tissue (particularly, skin or mucous membrane);
particularly, the nasal nares and passages that are particularly
susceptible to microbial contamination. Compositions of the present
invention can be delivered using a variety of techniques.
Typically, the compositions are delivered to the mammalian tissue
(particularly, the skin and/or mucosal tissue) in a manner that
allows them to penetrate into the tissue, as opposed to through the
tissue into the blood stream. This concentrates the compositions
locally at the site in need thereof. This can be accomplished by
spraying, dipping, wiping, dropping, pouring, toweling, or the
like, onto the area to be treated.
[0278] If a composition of the present invention includes certain
poloxamer block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide
generally having greater than 60 mol-% polyethylene oxide (such as
those available under the trade names PLURONIC F127 and F108 from
BASF Corp.), as well as certain modified cellulose polymers, and is
applied topically, for example, thermally induced gelation can
occur. Thus, various components can be selected for use in
compositions of the present invention to produce a desired
application effect.
[0279] The dose and frequency of application will depend on many
factors including the condition to be treated, the concentration of
antimicrobial lipid and enhancer, the microbe to be killed, etc.
Typically, the compositions will be delivered in dosages of at
least 10 milligrams per square centimeter (mg/cm.sup.2) of tissue,
preferably at least 20 mg/cm.sup.2 of tissue, more preferably at
least 30 mg/cm.sup.2 of tissue, and most preferably at least 50
mg/cm.sup.2 of tissue, for most applications. Application can be
made once, or several (e.g., 2-4) times daily for one or more days.
Typically, the composition is applied 1 or 2 times/day for 1-7
days. For example, decolonization of the anterior nares may require
a dose of 0.25 gram (g) per nares applied 1-3 times per day for 1-5
days. Treatment of impetigo may require 0.5 g/15 cm.sup.2 (33
mg/cm.sup.2 of tissue) applied 1-3 times/day for 3-10 days.
Additional Antimicrobial Components and Delivery Systems
[0280] The present invention also provides a delivery system for an
antimicrobial component (e.g., antimicrobial lipids as well as
other antimicrobial agents, particularly antiseptics). Such
delivery systems include a hydrophobic component and a hydrophilic
component, wherein the composition has a viscosity of at least 500
cps, and further wherein the hydrophobic component forms the
greatest portion of the composition by weight. Alternatively, such
delivery systems include a hydrophobic component, a hydrophilic
component, and a surfactant, wherein the hydrophobic component
forms the greatest portion of the composition by weight.
[0281] Methods of delivery of antimicrobial components are also
provided using such delivery systems (i.e., compositions). Such
methods involve applying to a surface a composition that includes a
hydrophobic component and a hydrophilic component, herein the
composition has a viscosity of at least 500 cps, and further
wherein the hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the
composition by weight. Alternatively, the method can involve
applying to a surface a composition that includes a hydrophobic
component, a hydrophilic component, and a surfactant, wherein the
hydrophobic component forms the greatest portion of the composition
by weight.
[0282] In such delivery systems, the antimicrobial component can
include an antimicrobial lipid component, such as that described
herein. Alternatively (or additionally), the antimicrobial
component can include other antimicrobial agents, particularly
other antiseptics. Examples of suitable antiseptics include, for
example, peroxides, (C6-C14)alkyl carboxylic acids and alkyl ester
carboxylic acids, antimicrobial natural oils, as described in
Applicants' Assignee's Copending U.S. patent application Ser. No.
______ (Attorney Docket No. 59889US002), filed on Sep. 7, 2004;
halogenated phenols, diphenyl ethers, bisphenols (including but not
limited to p-chloro m-xylenol (PCMX) and triclosan), and
halogenated carbanilides described in Applicants' Assignee's
Copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. ______ (Attorney Docket
No. 59887US002, filed on Sep. 7, 2004; digluconate, diacetate,
dimethosulfate, and dilactate salts; polymeric quaternary ammonium
compounds such as polyhexamethylenebiguanide; silver and various
silver complexes; small molecule quaternary ammonium compounds such
as benzalkoium chloride and alkyl substituted derivatives; di-long
chain alkyl (C8-C18)quaternary ammonium compounds; cetylpyridinium
halides and their derivatives; benzethonium chloride and its alkyl
substituted derivatives; and octenidine described in Applicants'
Assignee's Copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. ______
(Attorney Docket No. 57888US002), filed on Sep. 7, 2004; and
compatible combinations thereof.
[0283] Although the detailed description of illustrative
embodiments provided herein (particularly with respect to
enhancers, surfactants, other additives, and for making such
compositions) specifically refer to an antimicrobial lipid
component, such description also applies to other antimicrobial
agents, particularly antiseptics.
Test Protocols
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test
[0284] Antimicrobial compositions were challenged with test
cultures of Methicillin Resistant Staphyloccus aureus (MRSA) # MS
16266 and Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus), ATCC #25923
(commercially available from American Type Culture Collection,
Rockville, Md.), Escherichia coli (E. coli), ATCC #11229, and
Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Pseudomonas ae.), ATCC #15442.
[0285] Bacteria Culture Preparation:
[0286] Bacteria were grown in Tryptic Soy Broth (TSB) (commercially
available from Difco, Detroit, Mich.) at 35.degree. C. for 18-24
hours (hrs). A 0.3 milliliter (ml) culture suspension was spread on
the surface of a Tryptic Soy Agar plate that was incubated at
35.degree. C. for 18-24 hrs. Bacterial cells were harvested from
the agar plate with a glass L-rod by adding 3 ml of TSB and were
transferred into a snap cap 5 ml polypropylene culture tube. The
resulting cell suspension was called the working culture.
[0287] Ointment Test Procedure:
[0288] A 50 ml centrifuge tube was filled with 10 ml of each
ointment antimicrobial composition. The tube was placed in a
temperature controlled water bath equipped with stirring
capability. The temperature of the composition was adjusted to
40.degree. C.+/-2.degree. C. where most of the compositions became
softened and could be easily mixed. Other compositions may require
higher or lower temperatures. Importantly, the temperature should
not be increased above about 45.degree. C. at which point the
bacteria will perish from temperature effects. It should be
confirmed that the temperature did not kill the bacteria in the
absence of the antimicrobial composition.
[0289] Liquid Test Procedure:
[0290] A 25 ml Erlenmeyer flask containing a magnetic stirring bar
was filled with 20.0 ml of a liquid antimicrobial composition. The
flask was placed in a temperature controlled water bath equipped
with stirring capability. The magnetic stirrer was turned on and
temperature of the composition was adjusted to 23.degree.
C.+/-2.degree. C.
[0291] Exposure of Bacteria to the Compositions:
[0292] At the start of each exposure time, 0.1 ml of Methicillin
Resistant Staphyloccus aureus, Staphylococus aureus, Escherichia
coli, or Pseudomonas aeruginosa working culture was added to the
antimicrobial composition. The exposure times were 2 minutes, 5
minutes and 10 minutes. At the end of each exposure time, 1 ml of
suspension was transferred to a test tube containing 9 ml Letheen
broth (VWR Scientific, Batavia, Ill.) at 23.degree. C. or
40.degree. C. (10.sup.-1 cell suspension). After vortexing, the
neutralized 10.sup.-1 cell suspension was further diluted to
10.sup.-2 by transferring 1 ml into 9 ml Letheen broth tubes. From
each of the two dilutions, 0.1 ml volume was plated onto a TSA
plate and spread with the L-rod producing 10.sup.-2 and 10.sup.-3
dilutions. The plates were incubated at 35.degree. C..+-.2.degree.
C. for 48 hours (hrs) and colony-forming units (CFU) were counted
and recorded. The procedure was repeated using three to five
replicate samples of each composition. The diluted bacterial
suspensions were plated in duplicate.
[0293] Data Analysis:
[0294] Microbial kill rate was reported as a log.sub.10 reduction
which was determined by calculating the difference between the
log.sub.10 of the initial inoculum count and the log.sub.10 of the
inoculum count after exposure to compositions or components of the
composition for 2-minute (T.sub.2), 5-minute (T.sub.5), and
10-minute (T.sub.10) intervals.
[0295] The two duplicate plates at the selected dilution level were
averaged and the initial inoculum count was calculated using the
following formula:
Initial Inoculum Count=T.sub.0=Ave. CFU of 3
replicates.times.1/dilution level.times.0.005
[0296] Where the sample inoculums were diluted (0.1 ml in 10 ml of
the compositions, the initial inoculum were reduced by 0.1 ml/10
ml, which equals 0.010).
[0297] For the test plates of each organism at each time period,
the CFU's on all the 10.sup.-2 and 10.sup.-3 plates were counted.
The dilution level that had counts between 25 and 250 was
determined. The two duplicate plates at the selected dilution level
were averaged and the test plate count at the given time was
calculated using the following formula:
T.sub.2,T.sub.5, and T.sub.10=CFU of 3 replicates.times.1/dilution
level
where the plate count of 3 replicates are at 2 minute, 5 minute,
and 10 minute intervals, respectively.
[0298] For the compositions the log reduction was determined by
taking the logarithm to the base 10 of T.sub.0, T.sub.2, T.sub.5,
and T.sub.10 and using the following formulas:
Log reduction at 2 minutes=log.sub.10 T.sub.0-log.sub.10
T.sub.2
Log reduction at 5 minutes=log.sub.10 T.sub.0-log.sub.10
T.sub.5
Log reduction at 10 minutes=log.sub.10 T.sub.0-log.sub.10
T.sub.10
[0299] The average of the replicates was calculated by averaging
the log reductions at each time period.
Aging Study Using Gas Chromatography
[0300] Antimicrobial Compositions were prepared and while in a
well-mixed, liquid state, were poured into individual vials to
solidify. The zero time (T.sub.0) vials were refrigerated at
4.degree. C. and the other vials were placed in a LAB LINE Orbital
Environmental Incubator and incubated at either 23.degree. C. or
40.degree. C. and 65.degree. C. at 200 RPM. Compositions incubated
at 65.degree. C. were in the liquid state. These compositions were
incubated with and without shaking to see if agitation contributed
to loss of GML. One vial of each composition was removed after 7
days and after 4 weeks. After they were removed, they were shaken
until they solidified and refrigerated at 4.degree. C. until
assayed.
[0301] The internal standard, which was used for all extractions,
contained 0.4 mg/ml monodecyl glycerol (GMC.sub.10) from
Sigma-Aldrich in chloroform and was prepared and stored in a clean
glass bottle which was sealed with a TEFLON lined screw cap. At the
time of assay, methanol was mixed with the stock standard in the
ratio of 2 parts chloroform to 1 part methanol giving a stock
internal standard which was 0.267 mg/ml in GMC.sub.10.
[0302] The stock standard (1.8 mg/ml) was prepared by adding 18 mg
of GML from Sigma-Aldrich to a tared 10 ml volumetric flask,
recording the exact weight, filling it to the mark with the stock
internal standard, and mixing it well. The solution was transferred
to a clean glass vial, which was sealed with a TEFLON lined screw
cap.
[0303] The working standard was diluted using volumetric pipettes,
additional stock internal standard, and clean glass vials according
to the following scheme.
TABLE-US-00001 Volume of Standard Volume of Internal GML level
Standard Standard Standard (mg/ml) 1 Stock 5 5 0.9 2 Standard 1 2 4
0.3 3 Stock 1 8 0.2 4 Standard 3 3 3 0.1
[0304] The dilutions were stored in clean glass vials and sealed
with TEFLON lined screw caps.
[0305] All test samples and matrices were allowed to reach room
temperature before assay. They were mixed well by stirring with
clean glass rods. Using graduated pipettes and clean glass vials
which held 7-8 ml, the extractions were performed as follows:
Triplicate 50 mg samples of each aged composition were added to
tared vials and the exact weights recorded. (For samples that were
emulsions with a larger droplet size, larger samples were needed to
ensure a uniform sample. In those cases, a larger sample size was
obtained and processed proportionately.) To these 5.0 ml of
internal standard were added. The samples were mixed until they
dissolved or were evenly dispersed and then 1.7 ml of 0.4 weight
percent potassium chloride solution was added to each. The vials
were capped, vortexed for 1 minute, and then centrifuged at top
speed on a clinical centrifuge (IEC) until 2 clear phases resulted
(3-5 minutes). The lower phase (organic) was separated from the
upper phase (aqueous) by suction using a Pasteur Pipette, which had
been inserted through the upper phase. It was transferred to a
second vial containing a small amount (approximately 200 milligrams
(mg)) of sodium sulfate in order to dry the sample. A portion was
then transferred to an auto sampler for GC analysis.
[0306] Single extracts of each of the four standards were made in
the same manner as the samples except that 50 mg of formulation
matrix (formulated without GML, with the difference made up with
another component (petrolatum or glycerin for Comparative Example
D)) was added to each extraction vial followed by 5.0 ml of each of
the working standards. An internal standard blank was also
extracted as well as a sample matrix without any internal
standard.
[0307] The order of analysis was: Internal Standard blank,
standards (lowest to highest), solvent blank, samples (in random
order), and calibration checks every 16 injections and at the end
(level 2 standard). Each sample and standard was injected once.
[0308] The Gas Chromatography Conditions were:
TABLE-US-00002 Instrument HP 5890 or 6890 Column 15 meter ZB-5,
0.25 micon (.mu.) film 0.25 mm ID Carrier He, 22 pounds per square
inch (psi) constant pressure (6890-constant flow 1 millilters per
minute (ml/min)) Injection 2 microliter (.mu.l) split 1:60,
injector temp 350.degree. C. Liner Restek SILTEK deactivated liner
with SILTEK deactivated glass wool (Cat. No. 22406-213.5) Program
110.degree. C. initial, 4.degree. C./min to 210.degree. C.,
25.degree. C./ min to 350.degree. C., hold 5 minutes (min) Detector
FID at 350.degree. C.
[0309] The triplicate samples of each time point were prepared and
analyzed once. The area ratio of GML/internal standard (GMC.sub.10)
was converted into mg GML/sample using the standard curves, which
was then divided by the sample weight (100 mg) and multiplied by
100 to obtain a weight percent of GML in the sample. The weight
percent from each of the triplicate samples were then averaged and
a standard deviation was obtained.
[0310] Good linearity was obtained with correlation coefficient,
R>0.999 over the range of analysis. Response factors for the
standard calibration checks were less than or equal to 2.6 percent
of that standard in the initial curve.
Emergence of Resistance Test
[0311] Overnight cultures of each of 30 MRSA isolates and 30
Methicillin Susceptible Stapyloccus aureus (MSSA) isolates were
grown in Mueller-Hinton broth (MHB) at 35.degree. C. in room air.
Bacteria in the broth were concentrated by centrifugation for 15
minutes at 2,200 revolustions per minute (rpm). The spent broth was
decanted and replaced with fresh MHB containing 0.5 .mu.L per mL of
each of three antimicrobial compositions (Examples 31(IPA),
32(IPA), and 33(IPA)) or 0.125 .mu.g/mL of mupirocin lithium salt
(Sigma Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wis.). The cultures were returned to the
incubator for 18 hours. Following incubation, each culture was
again centrifuged and the bacterial pellet was divided into two
aliquots. One aliquot was resuspended in MHB containing fresh
antimicrobial compositions at twice the previous concentrations and
returned to the incubator for continued exposure.
[0312] The second aliquot was screened for MRSA and MSSA by
incubation with 2 mL of MHB containing 4 .mu.g/mL of mupirocin or
1,200 .mu.g/mL of Examples 31(IPA) or 32(IPA) or 33 (IPA). The
resistance screens were incubated overnight at 35.degree. C. in
room air. After incubation, each screen was subcultured to fresh
MHB and incubated for 4 to 6 hours. Minimum inhibitory
concentration (MIC) testing was performed on logarithmically
growing bacteria recovered from the screen. This procedure was
repeated for 8 days. After 8 days of serial exposure, each
bacterial pellet was resuspended in bland MHB and incubated
overnight. The MIC of each antimicrobial composition or mupirocin
was determined as the MIC.sub.90 (range) before and daily during
serial passage.
Viscosity Test
[0313] In the following Examples (except where indicated) viscosity
was measured at 23.degree. C. at ambient pressure using a
Brookfield LVDV-I.sup.+ viscometer equipped with a model D
Brookfield heliopath and T spindles B-F. The spindle and speed was
chosen for each particular sample such that the viscometer was
operating in the middle of its range. All samples were allowed to
equilibrate at 23.degree. C. for 24 hours prior to measurement.
Preferably the viscosity is taken at the lowest speed possible
while staying within 20-80% of the viscometer range and more
preferably between 30-70% of the range. In all cases the sample
size and container geometry was chosen to ensure that there were no
wall effects. By "wall effects" it is meant the viscosity value is
not affected by the container and is essentially equivalent to the
viscosity taken in an infinitely large container. For this reason
lower viscosity samples required a larger sample size to
accommodate the larger spindles. The following table outlines
preferred spindles for various sample viscosities.
TABLE-US-00003 Sample Viscosity T Spindle to Use 1,000-100,000 B
1,000-200,000 C 5,000-500,000 D 10,000-1,250,000 E
500,000-3,000,000 F
[0314] The viscosity of each sample was taken as the highest
relatively stable reading achieved on the first path the spindle
traversed using the heliopath adapter.
EXAMPLES
[0315] Objects and advantages of this invention are further
illustrated by the following examples, but the particular materials
and amounts thereof recited in these examples, as well as other
conditions and details, should not be construed to unduly limit
this invention.
TABLE-US-00004 GLOSSARY of COMPONENTS Acronym Trade Name
Description Source/Address GML LAURICIDIN Glycerol monolaurate
MedChem Laboratories, Inc./Galena, IL PURAC HIPURE Lactic Acid
(88%) Purac America/ 88 Lincolnshire, IL Mandelic Acid
Sigma-Aldrich/St. Louis, MO Benzoic acid Mallinckrodt Baker Inc./
Paris, KY Salicylic acid Mallinckrodt Baker Inc. C.sub.10H.sub.23
glycerin ether (Preparation described in Example 18) Propylene
glycol Uniquema/Wilmington, monocaprate DE CRODAPHOS PPG-5
ceteth-10 Croda Inc./Parsipanny, NJ SG phosphate DOSS, COMPLEMIX
Dioctylsulfosuccinate, Cytec Industries/West 100% sodium salt
(Docusate, Paterson, NJ sodium) DOSS, AEROSOL GPG
Dioctylsulfosuccinate, Cytec Industries 70% sodium salt, 70% in
ethanol/water POLYSTEP B12 Sodium laureth-4 sulfate Stepan Company/
Northfield, IL MACKAM 50- Lauramidopropylhydroxy McIntyre Group
Ltd./ SB sultaine University Park, IL HOSTAPUR Sodium C14-C17 Sec
Clariant Corp./Charlotte, SAS 93G alkyl sulfonate, 93% NC solids
HOSTAPUR Sodium C14-C17 Sec Clariant Corp SAS 60 alkyl sulfonate,
60% solids LMDO AMMONYX Lauramidopropyldimethylamine Stepan Company
LMDO oxide HYDROLITE 5 1,2 pentane diol Dragoco Inc./Totowa, NJ
PEG-400 CARBOWAX Polyethylene glycol, Union Carbide 400 MW = 400
DMI ARLASOLVE dimethylisosorbide Uniqema DMI NIAX LG650 Glycerin
initiated Lyondell Chemical polypropylene glycol, Worldwide
Inc./Houston, equivalent wt = 89 TX DOWANOL Tripropyleneglycol
Sigma Aldrich TPnB Glycerin USP Mallinkrodt Baker Inc. Pet Snow
White PET White Petrolatum Penreco USP White beeswax Acros
PRISORINE Isopropyl isostearate Unichem 2021 FINSOLV TN
C.sub.12-C.sub.15 benzoate ester Finetex IPM Isopropyl myristate
Cognis Corp./Houston, TX CRODAMOL Glycerol Croda Inc. GTCC
tricaprylate/caprate FILIPPOBENO Olive oil, 100% Olive Oil Imported
by Salov North Olive Oil America Corp./ Hackensack, NJ CETIOL OE
Dioctylether Cognis Corp. Mineral oil, USP Paddock Laboratories
Inc./ Minneapolis, MN BHA Butylated hydroxyanisole Eastman
Chemical/ Kingsport, TN EDTA Sodium salt of ethylene W. R.
Grace/Nashua, NH (Na).sub.2 diamine tetraacetic acid Methyl paraben
Nipa/Wilmington, DE Propyl paraben Nipa/Wilmington, DE Glycolic
acid Sigma-Aldrich PLURONIC P-65 Poloxamer/block BASF
Corp./Parsippany, copolymer of propylene NJ oxide and ethylene
oxide ARISTOFLEX Ammonium Clariant Corp. HMB
acryloyldimethltaurate/beheneth 25 methacrylate crosspolymer
SALCARE SC92 Copolymer of acrylamide Ciba Specialty Chemicals and
Corp./High Point, NC trimethylaminoethylmethacrylate chloride salt
NATROSOL Cetyl hydroxyethyl Hercules, Aqualon PLUS TYPE cellulose
Division/Wilmington, DE
Examples 1-2 and Comparative Example A
[0316] Antimicrobial compositions were prepared using the
components shown in Table 1a. White petrolatum was heated in a
beaker to at least approximately 82.degree. C. In another beaker,
glycerin and DOSS were heated until the DOSS was dissolved and this
solution was allowed to cool to approximately 82.degree. C. Next,
the contents of the first beaker were mixed with the contents of
the second beaker with a mixing propeller. Mixing was continued
until the mixture cooled to 71.degree. C. at which point the GML
was added and mixing continued as the mixture continued to cool.
When the mixture had cooled to about 54.degree. C., the lactic acid
was added and mixing continued until the composition was about to
congeal. Just before the composition congealed at approximately
43.degree. C., the composition was removed from the mixer and
poured into ointment jars.
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 1a Components (weight percent) Lactic Acid
DOSS White Example No. GML (88%) (100%) Glycerin Petrolatum 1 3.02
1.11 0.97 9.82 85.08 2 3.01 1.13 0.00 10.00 85.86 Comparative A
0.00 0.00 0.99 10.07 88.94
[0317] The compositions of Examples 1-2 and Comparative Example A
were evaluated using the Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the
results are shown in Table 1b.
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 1b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 1 3.02 3.84
6.47 3.59 5.25 5.29 2 <3.02 3.02 3.14 2.88 3.54 3.16 Comparative
A 2.15 2.50 2.73 2.42 2.42 2.82
[0318] The results indicate that the full formulation of Example 1
had good kill against both MRSA (Gram positive) and E. coli (Gram
negative) organisms. The log reduction was in excess of 3.5 logs
after 5 minutes and 5 logs after 10 minutes. Elimination of the
surfactant from the formulation (Example 2) resulted in a
significant reduction in antimicrobial efficacy. Elimination of the
antimicrobial lipid and enhancer resulted in poor kill rate--less
than 3 log reduction after 10 min (Comparative Example A).
Examples 3-7
[0319] Antimicrobial compositions were prepared as described in
Examples 1-2 using the components shown in Table 2a. Mandelic acid
was ground into a fine powder using a mortar and pestle and added
to the glycerin and DOSS and heated to about 88.degree. C. for
Examples 3 and 4 or added directly to the hot, molten petrolatum at
about 82.degree. C. for Examples 5 and 6.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 2a Components (weight percent) Example
Mandelic DOSS White No. GML Acid (100%) Glycerin Petrolatum 3 3.00
1.00 1.00 10.00 85.00 4 3.03 0.92 0.00 10.11 85.94 5 3.00 1.00 1.00
0.00 95.00 6 3.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 96.00 7 2.97 0.90 0.00 0.96
95.17
[0320] The compositions of Examples 3-7 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table 2b
and 2c.
TABLE-US-00008 TABLE 2b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 3 3.6 5.7
5.9 4.0 5.6 6.1 4 2.8 3.9 4.3 5.7 5.6 6.0 5 5.0 5.8 5.4 5.4 5.8 6.3
6 2.4 2.6 3.6 3.2 3.3 3.7 7 2.3 3.1 4.1 4.0 3.9 4.7
TABLE-US-00009 TABLE 2c Example Pseudomonas ae. (log reduction) No.
After 2 minutes After 5 minutes After 10 minutes 3 4.4 6.4 6.5 4
3.3 4.2 5.1 5 4.0 4.6 5.7 6 2.9 2.9 3.2 7 2.9 3.6 3.9
[0321] Example 3 contained a hydrophilic component (glycerin) and
surfactant (DOSS) in addition to the antimicrobial lipid (GML) and
enhancer (mandelic acid). This sample had the best antimicrobial
activity overall, achieving greater than 5.9 log reduction against
all three organisms at 10 minutes. Example 4 contained no
surfactant (no DOSS), which led to a decrease in activity over
Example 3. Example 5 which contained no hydrophilic component had
decreased activity over Example 3 but the effect was not as great
as elimination of the surfactant. Example 6 containing no
hydrophilic component or surfactant showed relatively poor
antimicrobial activity. Addition of only 1% hydrophilic component
(Example 7) showed an improvement in antimicrobial activity.
Example 8
[0322] An antimicrobial composition was prepared using the
components listed in Table 3a. GML, isopropyl isosterate, beeswax
and FINSOLV TN were combined in a beaker, heated and stirred with a
propeller mixer until a clear solution was obtained. Stirring was
continued while cooling the solution to about 48.degree. C. when
the lactic acid was added. Stirring and cooling continued until the
temperature was 43.degree. C. when the composition was removed from
the mixer and poured into the ointment jar.
TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 3a Components (weight percent) Lactic Example
acid White Isopropyl FINSOLV No. GML (88%) Beeswax isosterate TN 8
10.00 1.00 20.00 29.00 40.00
[0323] The composition of Example 8 was evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table 3b
and 3c.
TABLE-US-00011 TABLE 3b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 8 >6.3
>6.3 >6.3 7.3 7.3 7.3
TABLE-US-00012 TABLE 3c Pseudomonas ae. (log reduction) Example No.
After 2 minutes After 5 minutes After 10 minutes 8 8.0 8.0 8.0
[0324] The results indicated that the antimicrobial lipid plus
enhancer in a non-petrolatum-based ointment had an exceptional kill
rate of MRSA, E. coli, and Pseudomonas ae.
Examples 9-16
[0325] Antimicrobial Compositions were prepared as described in
Examples 1-2 using the components shown in Table 4a. The
surfactants were added like DOSS in Example 1.
TABLE-US-00013 TABLE 4a Ex- Components (weight percent) ample
Lactic Surfactant Component No. GML acid Glycerin Type Amt. Type
Amt. 9 3.00 1.00 10.00 CRODAFOS 2.00 Pet 84.00 SG 10 3.00 1.00
10.00 DOSS 2.00 Pet 84.00 (100%) 11 3.00 1.00 10.00 POLYSTEP 2.00
Pet 84.00 B12 12 3.00 1.00 10.00 MACKAM 2.00 Pet 84.00 50-SB 13
3.00 1.00 10.00 HOSTAPUR 2.00 Pet 84.00 SAS 93G 14 3.00 1.00 10.00
LMDO 2.00 Pet 84.00 15 3.00 1.00 10.00 DOSS 2.00 PEG 84.00 (100%)
16 3.00 1.00 10.00 HOSTAPUR 2.00 Pet 84.00 SAS 60
[0326] The compositions of Examples 9-16 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table
4b.
TABLE-US-00014 TABLE 4b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 9 6.41 6.17
6.41 5.29 5.56 2.65 10 3.33 3.38 6.17 5.85 5.54 6.14 11 5.74 6.41
5.88 3.49 4.34 6.11 12 4.18 5.05 5.90 2.63 2.80 4.47 13 5.73 6.11
6.11 6.03 6.23 6.23 14 3.45 5.16 5.78 2.69 3.40 4.05 15 6.11 6.11
6.11 6.23 6.23 6.23 16 5.73 5.02 6.22 6.07 6.17 6.17
[0327] The results indicated that Examples 9, 13, 15, and 16 had
exceptional kill rates (>5 logs) after only 2 minutes against
both MRSA and E. coli. The surfactants in these examples were
anionic (sulfate, sulfonate, and phosphate). Example 11 also had
very a good kill rate; however, the ethoxylation on this surfactant
may have contributed to the lower efficacy shown against E. coli at
the 2-minute and 5-minute time intervals. Example 10 contained
DOSS, which had an exceptional kill rate (>6 logs) against both
MRSA and E. coli after 10 minutes of exposure. Examples 12 and 14
contained zwitterionic and amine oxide surfactants, respectively,
and the kill rate, while still good, was not as good as that of the
anionic surfactants.
Example 17
[0328] The preparation of the C.sub.10H.sub.23 Glycerin Ether was a
two step process.
[0329] First isopropylidene glycerol was prepared by adding 100
grams (g) glycerol, 400 ml acetone, 0.65 g p-toluenesulfonic acid,
and 50 g of 3 A molecular sieves to a 1-liter NALGENE bottle with a
cap. Rolling the bottle on a roller for 24 hours mixed the contents
of the bottle. Next 0.95 g potassium carbonate (K.sub.2CO.sub.3)
was added to the contents. The mixture was filtered, passed through
an activated alumina column, concentrated on a rotary evaporator,
and distilled using a water aspirator to pull a vacuum (boiling
point (bp) approximately 100.degree. C.). The final product was
then used to prepare glycerol ether.
[0330] Second a 1-liter round-bottomed flask was purged with
nitrogen and 500 ml xylene, 42 g isopropylidene glycerol, and 53.5
g potassium hydroxide (KOH) were added to the flask. The reaction
flask was fitted with an overhead stirrer and a Dean-Stark trap.
The contents were heated at reflux for approximately 15 hrs with
azeotropic removal of H.sub.2O. While continuing to heat at reflux,
61.4 g decyl bromide in 100 ml xylene was added dropwise to the
reaction. After the addition was completed, the reaction was heated
an additional 24 hrs at reflux. The contents were cooled,
transferred to a separatory funnel, washed with deionized water 5
times using 100 ml of water each time, dried over magnesium sulfate
(MgSO.sub.4), filtered and concentrated on a rotarevaporator. The
final product was distilled at reduced pressure (boiling point (bp)
was approximately 136.degree. C. at 0.5 millimeter (mm) Hg).
[0331] An antimicrobial composition was prepared using the
components in Table 5a. The white petrolatum was heated to
approximately 93.degree. C. and the DOSS and the glyceryl ether
were added to it while stirring using a mixing propeller. The
mixture was stirred while being held at 93.degree. C. until a clear
solution was formed. The mixture was allowed to start cooling with
continuous stirring. When the mixture reached approximately
65.degree. C. the glycerin was added and the cooling and stirring
continued. When the mixture reached approximately 49.degree. C. the
lactic acid was added and cooling and stirring continued until the
composition was about to congeal (approximately 38.degree. C.) and
then it was poured into an ointment jar.
TABLE-US-00015 TABLE 5a Components (weight percent) 88%
C.sub.10H.sub.23 Example Lactic glycerin 100% White No. Acid ether
DOSS Glycerin petrolatum 17 1.13 1.46 1.02 10.07 88.94
[0332] The compositions of Example 17 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table
5b.
TABLE-US-00016 TABLE 5b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 17 3.16 3.70
4.51 4.68 5.88 5.47
[0333] The results indicated that over 3 log reductions after 2
minutes of exposure and over 4.5 log reductions after 10 minutes of
exposure occurred for both MRSA and E. coli using an antimicrobial
glycerin ether in combination with a enhancer (alpha-hydroxy
acid).
Example 18
[0334] An antimicrobial composition was prepared using the
components in Table 6a as described for Examples 1 and 2 but
propylene glycol monocaprate was substituted for GML.
TABLE-US-00017 TABLE 6a Components (weight percent) Propylene
Example 88% Lactic glycol 100% White No. Acid monocaprate DOSS
Glycerin petrolatum 18 1.12 3.01 1.00 9.92 84.95
[0335] The compositions of Example 18 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table
6b.
TABLE-US-00018 TABLE 6b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 18 6.54 6.54
6.54 5.64 5.88 5.88
[0336] The results indicated that the antimicrobial composition
containing propylene glycol monocaprate and an enhancer (lactic
acid, an alpha-hydroxy acid) achieved an exceptional kill rate
against MRSA (over 6 log reduction in 2 minutes) as well as an
exceptional kill rate against E. coli (over 5.5 log reduction in 2
minutes).
Examples 19-24
[0337] Antimicrobial compositions were prepared as described for
Examples 1-2 using the components in Table 7a. However, hydrophilic
components were substituted for the glycerin.
TABLE-US-00019 TABLE 7a Components (weight percent) Ex- 88% ample
Lactic 100% Hydrophilic component White No. GML Acid DOSS Type Amt.
petrolatum 19 3.02 1.10 0.97 HYDROLITE 5 9.64 85.28 20 3.00 1.13
1.00 PEG 400 9.97 84.90 21 3.01 1.15 1.00 DMI 9.95 84.90 22 3.01
1.12 0.98 NIAX LG650 9.85 85.04 23 3.00 1.13 1.00 DOWANOL 10.05
84.82 TPnB 24 1.45 1.13 0.98 Glycerin 9.89 86.55
[0338] The compositions of Examples 19 and 21-24 were evaluated
using the Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in
Table 7b.
TABLE-US-00020 TABLE 7b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 19 >4.78
>4.78 >4.78 4.65 4.65 >4.65 21 3.10 >4.78 >4.78 2.07
3.67 4.42 22 3.1 4.18 4.69 2.07 3.67 4.42 23 4.78 >4.78 >4.78
>4.65 >4.65 >4.65 24 4.04 5.57 5.49 3.87 3.67 5.79
[0339] The results indicated that good kill rates were achieved
against both MRSA and E. coli (>4 log reduction at 10 minutes)
with a wide variety of hydrophilic components. The best results
appear to be in antimicrobial compositions containing small
molecule glycols (Examples 19 and 24) as well as with the
tripropyleneglycolmonobutyl ether (Example 23).
Examples 25-30
[0340] Antimicrobial compositions were prepared using the method
described for Examples 1-2 and the components in Table 8a. The
hydrophobic components were heated in a beaker to at least
approximately 82.degree. C. instead of the white petrolatum and the
hydrophilic components were substituted for the glycerin. In
Example 30 salicylic acid was substituted for lactic acid.
TABLE-US-00021 TABLE 8a Components (weight percent) 88% Hydrophilic
Hydrophobic Example Lactic 100% Component Component No. GML Acid
DOSS Type Amt. Type Amt. 25 3.01 1.11 0.99 Glycerin 9.89 CRODAMOL
84.99 GTCC 26 3.01 1.11 0.97 Glycerin 9.69 Olive Oil 85.22 27 3.01
1.12 0.98 Glycerin 9.80 CETIOL OE 85.10 28 3.01 1.11 0.98 DMI 9.83
CRODAMOL 85.08 GTCC 29 3.01 1.12 0.99 Glycerin 9.83 Mineral oil
85.06 30 3.00 0.25.sup.1 1.00 DMI 9.97 CRODAMOL 85.77 GTCC
.sup.1The enhancer used was salicylic acid.
[0341] The composition of Example 28 was evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table
8b.
TABLE-US-00022 TABLE 8b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 28 6.45
>6.45 >6.45 4.62 5.88 >5.88
[0342] Example 28 had an exceptional kill rate against MRSA as well
as E. coli. The use of the DMI improved the composition's stability
over that of Example 25, which tended to split into distinct phases
upon standing.
Examples 31-33 and 31(IPA)-33(IPA)
[0343] Antimicrobial Compositions were prepared using the
components shown in Table 9a. White petrolatum and DOSS were placed
in a beaker and heated until a solution was formed at about
104.degree. C. While mixing with an overhead air mixer (Model No.
1AM-NCC-12, Gast, Benton Harbor, Mich.) glycerin and the acid
(enhancer) were added. Next, the composition was cooled to
66.degree. C. and the GML was added while holding the temperature
between 60.degree. C. and 66.degree. C. When all of the components
were in solution, it was cooled to about 46.degree. C., removed
from the mixer, and poured into an ointment jar.
TABLE-US-00023 TABLE 9a Components (weight percent) Example
Enhancer DOSS White No. GML Type Amt. (100%) Glycerin Petrolatum 31
3.00 88% Lactic 1.00 1.00 10.00 85.00 Acid 32 3.00 Mandelic 1.00
1.00 10.00 84.99 Acid 33 3.00 Benzoic 0.50 1.00 10.00 85.49
Acid
[0344] The compositions of Examples 31 and 33 were evaluated using
the Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table
9b.
TABLE-US-00024 TABLE 9b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 31 2.70 3.16
5.53 1.11 1.41 3.41 33 4.59 4.54 >4.62 5.25 >5.32
>5.32
[0345] Compositions 31-33 were instilled twice a day for two days
in the nose of one of the inventors without any indication of
irritation. No odor or taste was detected.
[0346] Isopropyl alcohol (IPA) was substituted for petrolatum and
glycerin in the compositions from Examples 31 and 32. The amounts
of each component are shown in Table 9c.
TABLE-US-00025 TABLE 9c Components (weight percent) Example
Enhancer DOSS Isopropyl No. GML Type Amt. (100%) alcohol 31 (IPA)
3.00 88% Lactic Acid 1.00 1.00 95.00 32 (IPA) 3.00 Mandelic Acid
1.00 1.00 95.00 33 (IPA) 3.00 Benzoic Acid 0.50 1.00 96.50
[0347] The compositions were prepared by mixing the ingredients
until the components were fully dissolved.
[0348] The IPA modified antimicrobial compositions were tested
using the Emergence of Resistance Test. The results are shown at
baseline (To), after eight days (T.sub.8) and the ratio of T.sub.0
to T.sub.8 in Table 9d.
TABLE-US-00026 TABLE 9d MRSA MSSA Example Initial Final Initial
Final Number (T.sub.0) (T.sub.8) T.sub.0/T.sub.8 (T.sub.0)
(T.sub.8) T.sub.0/T.sub.8 Mupirocin 0.25 64 256 0.25 128 512
31(IPA) 60 240 4 60 60 1 32(IPA) 120 60 0.5 60 60 1 33(IPA) 60 60 1
60 60 1
[0349] The results indicate that the MIC to mupirocin increased
dramatically while the MIC of the compositions of the present
invention increased less than 4 fold and some did not increase at
all. This shows that there was significant resistance was generated
to mupirocin but not to the compositions of the present
invention.
[0350] In-vivo efficacy was demonstrated against a clinical isolate
of MRSA using a murine model based on K, Cante-Kiser J, Lee J.
Development and characterization of Staphylococcus aureus nasal
colonization model in mice. 1999 Infect and Immunity 67(10)
5001-5006. Prior to evaluation of the active compositions the
lowest number of S. aureus required to establish nasal colonization
in 70% of mice detectable 5 days after challenge and persisting at
least 10 days after challenge was determined. This was using an
innoculum of 10.sup.8 cfu/nare. Mice (239 described as 25 g to 30 g
Hsd:ICR) were challenged intranasally with 10.sup.8 MRSA #561(a
clinical isolate of methicillin resistant staphylococcus obtained
from Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn.) and arbitrarily assigned to one
of five treatment regimens: mupirocin ointment, bland ointment,
antimicrobial compositions of Examples 31, 32, and 33. The bland
ointment consisted of petrolatum (89%), glycerin (10%) and DOSS
(1%). Mice received either no treatment (none) or treatment with 10
.mu.L per nare of warmed (42.degree. C.) ointment (one of five) to
each nare, three times daily for two days Three days after
treatment, both anterior nares were swabbed and cultured for MRSA.
Colonies appearing to be S. aureus were confirmed with a latex
agglutination test. S. aureus was detected in 160 colonization
cultures from 239 mice challenged. These mice continued to be
studied. The results of the treatments are listed in Table 9e as
the number of animals with no MRSA detected after treatment
(successful), the percent of the animals treated successfully, the
number of animals with MRSA (failure), and the percent of animals
whose treatment failed.
TABLE-US-00027 TABLE 9e Number of Percent Number of Percent Whose
Example Mice without Treated Mice with Treatment Number MRSA
Successfully MRSA Failed None 1 10 9 90 Bland 12 32 26 68 Ointment
Mupirocin 19 50 19 50 31 18 46 21 54 32 24 71 10 29 33 33 89 7
17
[0351] The results of MRSA nasal decolonization indicated that the
antimicrobial composition of Example 33 was more active than
mupirocin and that the antimicrobial compositions of Examples 31
and 32 were as active as mupirocin as measured by eradication of
MRSA from the anterior nasopharynx.
[0352] Using the Fisher's exact test. Results of treatment with
mupirocin, Ex 31, Ex. 32 and Ex. 33 were significantly (P<0.05)
different than was no treatment. Treatment with Ex. 33 or Ex. 32
was significantly (P<0.05) more active than treatment with bland
ointment. Treatment with Ex. 33 was significantly (P<0.002) more
active than mupirocin. Treatment with Ex. 31 (P=0.46) was not
significantly different than treatment with mupirocin. Treatment
with Ex. 32 showed a trend toward being more effective than
treatment with mupirocin (P=0.06).
Example 34
[0353] Example 34 was prepared using the components given in Table
10a. White petrolatum and GML were heated in a beaker to at least
approximately 93.degree. C. In another beaker, glycerin, DOSS, and
lactic acid were heated until the DOSS was dissolved at
approximately 143.degree. C. This solution was mixed with a mixing
propeller and allowed to cool to approximately 59.degree. C. Next,
the contents of the second beaker were mixed with the contents of
the first beaker with a mixing propeller. Mixing and cooling
continued until the composition was about to congeal at
approximately 46.degree. C. Just before the composition congealed
it was removed from the mixer and poured into ointment jars.
TABLE-US-00028 TABLE 10a Components (weight percent) Example 88%
Lactic DOSS White No. GML Acid (100%) Glycerin Petrolatum 34 3.00
1.00 1.00 10.00 85.00
[0354] The composition appeared very similar to that of Example 31
using this alternative process.
Examples 35-37
[0355] Antimicrobial Compositions were prepared using the
components shown in Table 11a. PEG 400 and PEG 1450 were melted
together in one beaker at about 82.degree. C. In a second beaker,
the glycerin was heated to about 60.degree. C. and the GML was
dissolved in the heated glycerin. The enhancers and surfactants
were added to the first beaker of melted PEGs and mixed with a
propeller mixer while keeping the temperature at about 82.degree.
C. After the surfactants and enhancers were dissolved in the PEG
component, the solution was mixed and cooled to about 63.degree. C.
Then the contents of the second beaker, glycerin and GML were added
with constant mixing. The compositions were cooled with continual
mixing to just above the congealing point (about 38.degree. C.) and
poured into ointment jars.
TABLE-US-00029 TABLE 11a Drawing Components (weight percent) Ex.
Enhancer Glyc- Surfactant PEG PEG No. GML Type Amt. erin Type Amt.
400 1450 35 3.00 88% Lactic 1.00 20.00 DOSS 2.00 59.00 15.00 Acid
USP (50%) 36 3.00 Mandelic 1.00 10.00 Pluronic 5.00 60.00 21.00
Acid P65 37 3.00 Mandelic 1.00 20.00 DOSS 2.00 59.00 15.00 Acid USP
(50%)
[0356] The compositions of Examples 35-37 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table
11b.
TABLE-US-00030 TABLE 11b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 35 >5.11
>5.11 >5.11 5.20 5.25 >5.36 36 >6.14 >6.14 >6.14
>6.57 >6.57 >6.57 37 >6.14 >6.14 >6.14 6.29 6.39
6.48
[0357] The antimicrobial kill rate of these compositions was
excellent against all three organisms indicating broad spectrum
kill. The antimicrobial kill rate was greater than 5 log reduction
at 2, 5, and 10 minutes.
Examples 38-41
[0358] Antimicrobial Compositions were prepared using the
components shown in Table 12a. The white petrolatum was melted in a
beaker on a hot plate with gentle stirring with a propeller mixer
while heating from about 88.degree. C. to 93.degree. C. In a second
beaker the enhancers were dissolved or suspended in the glycerin at
about 77.degree. C. The DOSS was added to the hot petrolatum
(88.degree. C. to 93.degree. C.) in the first beaker and mixed
until a clear solution was obtained. The contents of the second
beaker (glycerin-enhancer mixture) were added to the first beaker
and the composition cooled with constant stirring. When the
composition had cooled to about 71.degree. C. the GML was added
with constant stirring. The compositions were cooled with continual
mixing to just above the congealing point (about 43.degree. C.) and
poured into ointment jars.
TABLE-US-00031 TABLE 12a Components (weight percent) White Example
Enhancer DOSS Petrolatum No. GML Type Amt. Glycerin (100%) USP 38
3.00 Salicylic 0.20 10.00 1.00 85.80 Acid 39 3.00 BHA 0.10 10.00
1.00 85.80 EDTA 0.10 (Na).sub.2 40 3.00 BHA 0.10 10.00 0.00 86.69
EDTA 0.10 (Na).sub.2 Methyl 0.10 paraben Propyl 0.01 paraben 41
3.00 Benzoic 0.50 10.00 1.00 85.50 acid
[0359] The compositions of Examples 38-41 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table 12b
and 12c.
TABLE-US-00032 TABLE 12b MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 38 3.50 6.26
6.88 3.20 6.74 6.74 39 3.55 4.13 6.45 3.20 3.98 4.13 40 3.33 4.79
5.84 4.66 6.33 6.74 41 4.49 4.54 4.62 5.25 5.32 5.32
TABLE-US-00033 TABLE 12c Pseudomonas ae. (log reduction) Example
No. After 2 minutes After 5 minutes After 10 minutes 38 6.54 6.54
6.54 39 3.35 6.05 6.20 40 3.39 6.08 6.20 41 5.89 6.41 6.37
[0360] The results indicated that at least a 4 log reduction kill
rate at 5 minutes was achieved using the compositions of Examples
38-41. This indicated a rapid broad spectrum activity.
Examples 42-43, Comparative Examples B-E, Examples 31-32, and
Examples 38-49 Aging Study Using Gas Chromatography
[0361] Aging studies were done for some of the antimicrobial
compositions. Gas chromatography (GC) was used to determine what
components were being lost and what components might be used to
prevent that loss.
[0362] Additional antimicrobial compositions with different
enhancers and without enhancers were prepared as described for
Examples 38-41 using the components in Table 13a.
TABLE-US-00034 TABLE 13a Components (weight percent) Example
Enhancer DOSS White No. GML Type Amt (100%) Glycerin Petrolatum 42
3.00 Benzoic 0.20 1.00 10.00 85.80 Acid 43 3.00 Glycolic 1.00 1.00
10.00 85.00 Acid Comparative 3.00 None 0.00 0.00 0.00 97.00 B
Comparative 3.00 None 0.00 0.00 10.00 87.00 C Comparative 3.00 None
0.00 1.00 10.00 86.00 D Comparative 30.00 None 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00
E
[0363] The compositions of Examples 31-32, 38-40, and 42-43, and
Comparative Examples B-E were evaluated using the Aging Study with
GC as described in the Test Protocols and the results are shown in
Table 13b, 13c, 13d and 13e.
[0364] Example 31 contains lactic acid and Example 32 contains
mandelic acid. The results in Table 13b and Table 13c indicate the
difference in aging of the two compositions at 23.degree. C. for 9
months and at 40.degree. C. for 4 weeks.
TABLE-US-00035 TABLE 13b GML in grams remaining after aging at
40.degree. C. for: (weeks) Percent retention Example after 4 No.
Initial 2 3 4 weeks 31 3.06 2.90 2.97 2.96 97 32 3.04 2.78 2.82
2.80 92
TABLE-US-00036 TABLE 13c GML in grams remaining after aging at
23.degree. C. for (months) Percent retention after Example No.
Initial 5 9 9 months 31 3.06 3.01 3.09 103 32 3.04 2.99 3.01
100
[0365] The results in Table 13d indicate the quantitative results
of GML loss after aging at the indicated temperatures for 7 days.
The compositions that were incubated at 65.degree. C. were in the
liquid state so they were phase split and incubated with and
without shaking to see if agitation itself contributed further to
the GML loss.
TABLE-US-00037 TABLE 13d GML in grams remaining after aging 7 days
at: Example 10.degree. C. 23.degree. C. No. static static
40.degree. C. static 65.degree. C. static 65.degree. shaken
Comparative B 3.03 .+-. 0.04 2.96 .+-. 0.01 3.04 .+-. 0.03 2.94
.+-. 0.05 2.97 .+-. 0.02 Comparative C 3.05 .+-. 0.05 3.03 .+-.
0.02 3.14 .+-. 0.03 3.22 .+-. 0.12 3.20 .+-. 0.04 Comparative D
3.00 .+-. 0.10 3.05 .+-. 0.04 3.14 .+-. 0.03 3.12 .+-. 0.19 3.20
.+-. 0.02 31 3.21 .+-. 0.05 3.08 .+-. 0.01 3.02 .+-. 0.01 2.73 .+-.
0.01 2.70 .+-. 0.01 32 3.17 .+-. 0.02 3.03 .+-. 0.02 2.91 .+-. 0.03
2.39 .+-. 0.01 2.54 .+-. 0.05 Comparative E Not done Not done 30.33
.+-. 0.13 29.38 .+-. 0.23 29.98 .+-. 0.12
[0366] The results in Table 13e indicate the quantitative results
of GML loss after aging at the 40.degree. C. for 28 days. The
compositions contain a variety of enhancers: lactic acid (Example
31), salicylic acid (Example 38), BHA and EDTA (Example 39), methyl
and propyl paraben (Example 40), benzoic acid (Example 42), and
glycolic acid (Example 43).
TABLE-US-00038 TABLE 13e Example GML in grams remaining after 4
weeks at: No. Initial 40.degree. C. Percent retention 31 3.03 .+-.
0.01 2.85 .+-. 0.02 94 38 2.85 .+-. 0.07 2.64 .+-. 0.07 93 39 2.97
.+-. 0.02 3.00 .+-. 0.02 101 40 3.03 .+-. 0.01 2.85 .+-. 0.02 94 42
3.11 .+-. 0.01 2.91 .+-. 0.01 94 43 2.94 .+-. 0.01 2.70 .+-. 0.01
92
[0367] The examples in Table 13e may all have acceptable aging in
that after 4 weeks at 40.degree. C. they had >90% retention of
GML. Examples 39, 31, 40, and 42, showed the best aging.
Subject Acceptability First Panel Evaluation
[0368] A panel of 10 normal healthy volunteers of either gender
over 18 years of age evaluated a component composition without
active antimicrobial lipid to determine acceptability and to
develop evaluation methodology for future evaluations.
[0369] The compositions evaluated are shown in Table 14.
TABLE-US-00039 TABLE 14 Components (weight percent) Docuate Lactic
sodium White PEG Acid Glycerin USP petrolatum PEG 3350 Composition
USP USP (50%) USP 400 NF NF W 1.00 10.00 2.00 87.00 0.00 0.00 X
1.00 20.00 2.00 0.00 59.00 18.00
Test Procedure
[0370] A dose was 0.5 ml of Composition W or X applied using a
preloaded 1 cm.sup.-3 plastic syringe. The volunteers applied the
first dose after viewing a demonstration of the technique. The
volunteers applied a second and third dose during Day 1.
[0371] One-half of the volunteers (5) were dosed with Composition W
and one-half of the volunteers were dosed with Composition X on Day
1 and given a Rhinoscopic Examination of Nares before and after
application on Day 1 and after 24 hours on Day 2. On Day 8 those
volunteers dosed with Composition W on Day 1 received Composition X
and those dosed with Composition X on Day received Composition W.
They were given a Rhinoscopic Examination of Nares before and after
application on Day 8 and after 24 hours on Day 9.
[0372] Volunteers completed a questionnaire on Day 1 and on Day
9.
Results:
[0373] All 10 volunteers successfully completed both periods of the
study. Descriptive analysis was provided for each categorical
variable in the study.
[0374] Composition W was preferred by 10/10 of the volunteers. Five
of ten volunteers could not complete all three application of
Composition X. They cited stinging, burning and runny noses as
primary reasons. Composition X caused more rhinorrhea than
Composition W. Volunteers using Composition X felt they could use
the ointment for a shorter period of time than with Composition W.
Composition W could be felt to remain in the nasal vestibule longer
(mean 218 minutes) than Composition X (mean 145 minutes).
Subject Acceptability Second Panel Evaluation
[0375] A second panel evaluation was done to determine
acceptability of essentially anhydrous ointments based hydrophobic
vehicles containing lactic acid or mandelic acid. The criteria for
the panel were the same as for the first panel. The compositions
evaluated are given in Table 15.
TABLE-US-00040 TABLE 15 Components (weight percent) Lactic DOSS
White Acid Mandelic USP Glycerin petrolatum Composition USP Acid
(50%) USP USP Y 1.00 0.00 2.00 10.00 87.00 Z 0.00 1.00 2.00 10.00
87.00
[0376] The test procedure was the same as that used for the first
panel except a cotton swab was used to apply the composition rather
than a tube.
Results:
[0377] Both ointments were acceptable with minimal, if any, side
effects. The preference for the two ointments was fairly equally
divided. Four often volunteers expressed a slight preference for
the mandelic acid composition, three of ten volunteers expressed a
slight preference for the lactic acid composition, and three of ten
volunteers noticed no difference between the compositions.
[0378] Each volunteer applied 0.5 ml of composition; however,
approximately 0.1 gram was routinely left on the swab. Therefore
the dose was about 0.2 ml per nare. The time that the ointments
remained in the volunteers' noses varied between volunteers, but
there were indications that the ointment remained in place up to 24
hours. Two volunteers reported that the ointment appeared to
accumulate from application to application.
[0379] The feel of the ointment in the nose and smell were the most
noticed characteristics of both ointments, but the characteristics
were all in the acceptable range.
Examples 44-47
[0380] Aqueous antimicrobial compositions were prepared using the
components listed in Table 16a. Water or glycerin (Example 44),
GML, mandelic acid, and PLURONIC P-65 were mixed and heated
together to 70.degree. C. The mixture was sheared on a Silverson
Homogenizer for 1 minute to emulsify the components. A polymer was
added to the warm solution for Examples 45-47. The composition was
shaken, sealed in glass jars, and the jars were placed on a roller
to mix and cool.
TABLE-US-00041 TABLE 16a Components (weight percent) Ex. Mandelic
70% Polymer POLOX- Water or No. GML acid DOSS Type Amt. AMER
glycerin.sup.1 44 3.00 1.00 1.43 None 0.00 0.00 94.57.sup.1 45 1.00
1.00 2.86 ARISTOFLEX 1.50 10.00 83.64 HMB 46 0.94 0.94 2.70 SALCARE
8.50 9.43 77.49 SC92 47 1.00 1.00 2.83 NATROSOL 2.08 9.89 83.24
Plus Type .sup.1Example 44 contains glycerin not water
[0381] The pH of Examples 44-47 was determined using a pH meter
(Denver Instrument, Model 225 from VWR Scientific) and a gel
filled, epoxy, combination pH probe (VWR Scientific) and the
results are shown in Table 16b. The Brookfield viscosity was
determined as described above using the Helipath spindles and speed
of rotation in rotations per minute (rpm) indicated with the
results shown in Table 16b.
TABLE-US-00042 TABLE 16b Example Helipath No. pH Viscosity (cps)
spindle Speed (rpm) 44 ND.sup.1 46000 E 1.5 45 2.3 66000 D 1.0 46
2.7 >1.35 Million F 0.5 47 2.6 2000 B 12.0 .sup.1ND means not
done.
[0382] The compositions of Examples 44-47 were evaluated using the
Antimicrobial Kill Rate Test and the results are shown in Table 16c
and 16d.
TABLE-US-00043 TABLE 16c MRSA (log reduction) E. coli (log
reduction) Example After 2 After 5 After 10 After 2 After 5 After
10 No. minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes 44 >6.17
>6.17 >6.17 >5.93 >5.93 >5.93 45 >6.17 >6.17
>6.17 >5.93 >5.93 >5.93 46 >5.94 >5.94 >5.94
5.83 >6.10 5.87 47 >6.17 >6.17 >6.17 5.88 >5.93
>5.93
TABLE-US-00044 TABLE 16d Pseudomonas ae. (log reduction) Example
No. After 2 minutes After 5 minutes After 10 minutes 44 >6.06
>6.06 >6.06 45 4.86 6.55 6.31 46 >6.01 >6.01 >6.01
47 5.98 >6.06 >6.06
[0383] The antimicrobial kill rate of these compositions was
excellent against all three organisms indicating broad spectrum
kill. The antimicrobial kill rate was greater than 4 log reduction
at 2 minutes and greater than a 5 log reduction at 5 and 10 minutes
for all three bacteria. In fact, for many time points complete kill
was achieved (as indicated by a ">" sign).
Examples 48-76
[0384] Additional antimicrobial compositions were prepared using
the components shown in Table 17, plus 0.5% weight by weight (w/w)
benzoic acid and the remaining percentage w/w amount petrolatum.
The petrolatum, glycerin, and DOSS were heated in an oven to
77.degree. C. until completely melted. They were then removed from
the heat and mixed using a Silverson lab homogenizer for 60 seconds
at 75% speed. After the contents cooled to 60.degree. C. the
benzoic acid was added and this was sheared with the Silverson
homogenizer for 60 seconds at 75% speed. Immediately thereafter the
glycerol monolaurate (Lauricidin) was added and homogenized for 60
seconds at 75% speed. Mixing the composition was continued using an
overhead propeller mixer until it was cool. The contents were
sealed in a glass mixing jar. Each sample was tested for
antimicrobial activity in duplicate according to the Antimicrobial
Filter Assay Test against both MRSA and MSSA (one strain each).
[0385] The samples made were set up as a Central Composite Design
of Experiments (DOE). Initially the components were varied over the
following ranges: Glycerin 5-25 wt-%; DOSS 0.5-2 wt-%; and GML 2-6
wt-%.
[0386] Additional compositions were added to this original design
and these are included in Table 17. Samples were made in run order
as indicated in Table 17. The results of the DOE were analyzed
using Design Expert 6.0.3 (Stat-Ease Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.).
Analysis of the reduced model using variance indicates that for
killing MSSA a linear model having the concentration of glycerin
and DOSS as significant variables is an excellent fit having a "p
value" of less than 0.0003. The final equations are shown
below:
Final Equation in Terms of Coded Factors:
MSSA Filter Assay
Kill=+2.76+0.66*A(glycerin)+1.76*B(DOSS)+0.51*C(GML)
Final Equation in Terms of Actual Factors:
MSSA Filter Assay
Kill=-2.188+0.0663*Glycerin+2.353*DOSS+0.254*GML
[0387] Analysis of the reduced model using variance indicates that
for killing MRSA a linear model having the concentration of
glycerin and DOSS as significant variables is an excellent fit
having a "p value" of less than 0.0001. The final equations are
shown below:
Final Equation in Terms of Coded Factors:
MRSA Filter Assay Kill=+3.32+1.37*A(glcyerin)+1.58*B(DOSS)-0.10*C
(GML)
Final Equation in Terms of Actual Factors:
MRSA Filter Assay
Kill=-1.16+0.137*Glycerin+2.106*DOSS-0.052330*GML
[0388] The equations and statistical results indicate that
increasing the concentration of hydrophilic component (glycerin)
and the surfactant (DOSS) improve the antimicrobial efficacy in
compositions comprising a hydrophobic vehicle.
Antimicrobial Filter Assay Efficacy Test
[0389] This method tries to mimic the actual use conditions for
many topical antiseptics. In most cases a topical antiseptic is
applied to the area and allowed to remain in contact and kill any
microorganisms present in an essentially static state. In this
assay, a composition was spread onto a film to form a uniform
coating 10-mil (250-.mu.m) thick. A membrane filter with bacteria
on the surface was directly contacted onto the surface of the
composition. After a defined period of time (usually 2 hours), the
inoculated disk was placed in a neutralizing broth, and at least a
portion of this was diluted and plated to enumerate the surviving
bacteria. For less viscous compositions, a compatible thickening
agent should be incorporated to achieve a viscosity of at least
20,000 cps and preferably at least 50,000 cps.
[0390] The Neutralizing Solution (NS) preparation was a
modification of the Standard Sampling Solution (P. Williamson et
al., "A New Method for the Quantitative Investigation of Cutaneous
Bacteria," J. Invest. Derm., 45, 498-503 (1965)). The following
components in the listed amounts were combined and heated on high
with stirring until lecithin was completely dissolved and the
solution became white. The solution was then allowed to cool, the
pH adjusted to 7.9.+-.0.1 (when required), and then autoclaved for
20 minutes. The solution was swirled immediately after
sterilization.
TABLE-US-00045 0.04% monobasic potassium phosphate
(KH.sub.2PO.sub.4) 0.4 g 1.01% dibasic sodium phosphate
(Na.sub.2HPO.sub.4) 10.1 g 0.1% Triton X-100 1.0 g 0.3% Lecithin
3.0 g 3.0% Tween 80. 30.0 g dH.sub.2O to 1 L
[0391] The phosphate buffered water (PBW) was prepared according to
Butterfield's Phosphate Buffer, Journal of the Association of
Official Analytical Chemists, 22, 625 (1939). Briefly, a 0.25M
stock solution was prepared by dissolving 34 grams potassium
dihydrogen phosphate in 500 mL deionized water. The pH was adjusted
to 7.2 with 10N sodium hydroxide and the volume diluted to exactly
1 liter. This was filter sterilized and dispensed into sterile
bottles that were stored at 4.degree. C. until use. The working
solution of PBW was prepared by adding 1.25 mL stock solution to 1
liter deionized water and autoclaved for 20 minutes.
[0392] An initial experiment was conducted to confirm that the
Neutralizing Solution (NS) was effective at neutralizing the
antiseptic while not damaging the microorganisms. In general, to
confirm neutralization, 100 .mu.L (approximately 10.sup.4 CFU/mL)
of inoculum (target final organism concentration of 10-100 CFU/mL)
was added to warmed (35.degree. C.+2.degree. C.) 20 mL Neutralizing
Solution and vortexed (Toxicity Control). In addition, a 23-mm
sample disk with ointment was dropped into the NS and the tube
vortexed vigorously (Test Sample). Duplicate samples of one (1) mL
aliquots were pour plated at two time points: (1) immediately
(<1 minute) in tryptic soy agar (TSA), and (2) after 1 hour at
ambient temperature. Plates were incubated at 35.degree.
C.+2.degree. C. for up to 48 hours. Colonies were counted and
CFU/mL calculated. The data was converted to log.sub.10 CFU/mL.
[0393] The Numbers Control consisted of 100 .mu.L of inoculum added
to 20 mL PBW (phosphate buffered water) to yield an organism
concentration of 10-100 CFU/mL.
[0394] Neutralizer Effectiveness: If the log.sub.10 CFU/mL of the
test sample was not more than 0.3 log less than the log.sub.10
CFU/mL of the corresponding Numbers Control, the neutralization was
considered effective.
[0395] Neutralizer Toxicity: If the Toxicity Control (TC) was not
more than 0.3 log less than the log.sub.10 CFU/mL of the
corresponding Numbers Control sample, the neutralizing solution was
considered non-toxic.
Test Organisms and Inoculum Preparation
[0396] The test organisms for this assay were methicillin resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), ATCC 33953 and Staphylococcus aureus
(MSSA), ATCC 27217. The initial suspension was prepared by
suspending bacterial colonies from overnight growth plates in
phosphate-buffered water (PBW). A 0.5 McFarland turbidity standard
was used to obtain a cell density of approximately
1.5.times.10.sup.8 CFU/mL.
Initial and final counts were taken of the inoculum suspenstion
were taken at the beginning and end of the test period to confirm
these were within 1.0 log/ml for a valid test.
Test Materials
[0397] Examples were spread at room temperature to a uniform
thickness of 0.010 inch (250 .mu.m) using a laboratory hand held
knife coater (slotted knife) onto a 100 .mu.m thick biaxially
oriented clean and 70% v/v isopropyl alcohol (IPA) disinfected
polyesterterephthalate (PET) film. These coated samples were placed
in sterile Petri dishes and sealed with Parafilm to prevent
evaporation and preserve cleanliness. Bubbles in the formulation
were minimized as much as possible. Test samples were then cut from
the PET coated films using a 70% v/v isopropyl alcohol (IPA)
disinfected 23 mm die. The sample disks were stored in sterile
Petri dishes on thin layers of sterile gauze or other similar
support until testing. The disks were warmed to 36.degree. C. prior
to testing antimicrobial activity.
Measurement of Antimicrobial Activity:
[0398] Using aseptic technique, a 0.22 .mu.m filter (Millipore
(Billerica, Mass.) white GSWP, 25 mm (nitrocellulose cat. No
GSWP02500) was inserted into a glass filter holder with fritted
glass support. The filter holder was placed over an Erlenmeyer
filter flask, which was connected to a vacuum pump. While a vacuum
was pulled, 2 mL of the inoculum were slowly dropped onto the
filter and rinsed slowly with approximately 5 mL of PBW, resulting
in approximately 8 logs bacteria (10.sup.8) on the surface of the
filter.
[0399] After the vacuum was released, the filter was removed from
the filter holder with a 70% IPA-disinfected forceps and placed
bacteria-side down on top of a warmed ointment disk. The filter was
gently pressed in place with the forceps. Approximately 1 mL of
sterile water was added to the Petri dish to prevent desiccation.
The samples were incubated for 2 hours at 35.degree. C.+2.degree.
C. All samples were tested in duplicate.
[0400] Control samples were prepared to enumerate the level of
bacteria captured on the filters. The filters containing bacteria
were placed over disinfected PET film disks (no ointment). All
other procedures were the same as the test samples.
[0401] At the end of the exposure time (time bacteria are in
contact with the composition) the inoculated disk was dropped into
20 mL warm (35.degree. C..+-.2.degree. C.) NS. The tubes were
shaken by hand until the filter separated from the ointment, then
vortexed vigorously for 2 minutes to suspend any surviving bacteria
on a VWR Scientific Vortex Genie 2. Serial dilutions were prepared
in PBW and plated in duplicate with TSA. Plates were incubated at
35.degree. C..+-.2.degree. C. for up to 48 hours.
[0402] Colonies were counted and raw data was recorded. Duplicate
plates were averaged and multiplied by the dilution factor to
arrive at CFU/mL. The average CFU/sample was calculated by
multiplication of CFU/mL by the total volume (20 mL) and then
converted to log.sub.10 CFU/mL. Counts of less than 1 CFU/sample
were treated as 1 CFU/sample such that the log transformation was
zero. Log reductions were calculated by subtracting the log.sub.10
bacterial recovery of the test materials from the averaged
log.sub.10 bacterial recovery of the control.
[0403] The compositions of the present invention were analyzed for
their ability to kill MRSA at 2 hours. The data is shown in Table
17.
TABLE-US-00046 TABLE 17 Response 1 Response 2 Response 3 Factor 1
Factor 2 Factor 3 Max Average Run Glycerin DOSS GML Emulsion size
log reduction Ex. # Order wt. % wt. % wt. % (micron) MSSA MRSA 48 1
25.0 1.25 2.0 163 3.35 5.77 49 2 15.0 0.50 6.0 45 0.78 1.17 50 3
25.0 2.00 4.0 90 6.68 6.31 51 4 5.0 1.25 2.0 50 0.76 1.71 52 5 15.0
1.25 4.0 85 3.38 3.37 53 6 25.0 0.50 4.0 80 1.21 2.35 54 7 5.0 1.25
6.0 15 1.03 1.39 55 8 15.0 1.25 4.0 95 3.41 2.88 56 9 25.0 1.25 6.0
119 5.33 4.41 57 10 15.0 1.25 4.0 95 2.52 2.35 58 11 15.0 2.00 6.0
55 4.82 4.89 59 12 5.0 0.50 4.0 50 0.5 0.3 60 13 15.0 1.25 4.0 97
6.04 6.64 61 14 15.0 0.50 2.0 101 1.42 1.7 62 15 15.0 1.25 4.0 68
4.39 4.18 63 16 15.0 2.00 2.0 73 5.2 5.07 64 17 5.0 2.00 4.0 81
3.68 3.08 65 18 10.0 1.00 3.0 40 2.76 1.92 66 19 30.0 1.75 2.5 NT
4.75 7.76 67 20 30.0 1.25 2.0 NT 2.85 6.22 68 21 30.0 2.00 4.0 NT
6.76 6.76 69 22 30.0 0.50 4.0 NT 1.45 2.36 70 23 30.0 1.25 6.0 NT
3.66 6.93 71 24 23.5 2.00 2.5 NT 1.32 3.87 72 25 23.5 1.50 3.0 NT
1.71 3.73 73 26 15.0 1.25 4.0 NT 1.94 3.41 74 27 20.0 1.25 4.0 NT
1.92 2.96 75 28 10.0 1.25 4.0 NT 1.74 2.5 76 29 10.0 1.00 3.0 NT
1.08 4.02 NT = not tested
[0404] Preferred compositions achieved, after 2 hours of contact
with the MRSA laddened filter paper, at least 1.5 log reduction,
more preferably at least a 2 log reduction, and most preferably at
least a 3 log reduction. Particularly preferred compositions of the
present invention achieved at least a 4 log reduction after 2 hours
of contact. Most preferred formulations achieved these log
reduction values for both test organisms (MRSA and MSSA).
[0405] The results shown in Table 17 indicate that as both the
hydrophilic component (glycerin) and the surfactant (DOSS) increase
in concentration so does the antimicrobial efficacy, when the
antimicrobial composition is formulated in a hydrophobic
vehicle.
Killing Microbes on Tissue
[0406] Many of the compositions of the present invention are
intended to kill microorganisms on mammalian tissue such as skin
and mucosal tissue. The extent of kill can be determined in the
following manner. Subjects are identified who are naturally
colonized with the microorganism of interest. This is preferred
over methods where the tissue is artificially colonized with
non-resident flora. For example, subjects may be identified who are
colonized with Staphylococcus aureus (SA) in the anterior nares by
swabbing the anterior nares and culturing the swab. This is
normally repeated at least one additional time to ensure the
subject is a "chronic carrier," i.e., one who carries the organism
all or most of the time. A swab may also be taken several days
prior to treatment to increase the probability that the subject is,
in fact, a carrier. The subject is then treated with the indicated
composition in a dose and at a frequency stated. The anterior nares
once again are swabbed to determine if the bacteria has been
reduced or eradicated (decolonized). Preferred formulations
eradicate the SA in less than 72 hours, more preferably in less
than 48 hours, and most preferably in 24 hours or less. On skin the
procedure is similar except that a control site distinct from the
treatment site may be selected on the treatment day. In this case,
a log reduction may be determined. The procedure on skin is
described in Federal Register, 21 CFR Parts 333 and 369, Tentative
Final Monograph for Healthcare Antiseptic Drug Products; Proposed
Rule, 1994 (scrub cup method). When performing this method on skin
the antiseptic compositions are generally allowed to remain in
contact with the skin for at least 6 hours under a suitable
dressing such as that available under the trade designation
TEGADERM from 3M Company, St. Paul, Minn., to check for
antimicrobial activity. Preferred formulations show at least 1 log
reduction and preferably at least 1.5 log reduction in 6 hours on a
dry skin site (e.g., the abdomen).
[0407] The complete disclosures of the patents, patent documents,
and publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in
their entirety as if each were individually incorporated. Various
modifications and alterations to this invention will become
apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the
scope and spirit of this invention. It should be understood that
this invention is not intended to be unduly limited by the
illustrative embodiments and examples set forth herein and that
such examples and embodiments are presented by way of example only
with the scope of the invention intended to be limited only by the
claims set forth herein as follows.
* * * * *